HP StorageWorks XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide

HP StorageWorks
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
Part number: AA–RVHCC–TE
Third edition: September 2005
Legal and notice information
© Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
© Copyright 2005 Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated.
Hewlett-Packard Company makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential
damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
This document contains proprietary information, which is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or
translated into another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett-Packard. The information is provided “as is” without warranty of any
kind and is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements
accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for
technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Microsoft® is a U.S. registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
Printed in the US.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
Contents
About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Document conventions and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP technical support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP-authorized reseller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Helpful web sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
1 XPath OS CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
agtCfgSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
agtCfgShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliAdd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliCreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliDelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aliShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
altBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bannerSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bannerShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
burninErrShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
burninStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
celloPortTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgActvShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgCreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgDelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgRemove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cfgSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
chassisShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configDefault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configDownload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configUpload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configureZoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configZoningShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
crossPortTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagDisablePost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagEnablePost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagHelp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagPortMailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagPortMem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
49
50
51
53
55
56
57
58
59
3
diagPortMemArm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagPost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagSetBurnin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagSetCycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagStopBurnin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diagUpload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dlsReset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dlsSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dlsShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
errClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
errShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventActionSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventActionShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventLogSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventSeverity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventSeverityShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eventShowByNum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fabLogClear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fabLogShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fabricShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fanShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fastBoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fazoneAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fazoneCreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fazoneDelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fazoneRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fazoneShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcipShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrConfigure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrFabricShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrPhyDevShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrProxyConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrProxyDevShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrResourceShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrRouteShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fcrXlateConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
firmwareCommit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
firmwareDownload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
firmwareShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fspfShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
h .............................................
help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ifcsDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ifcsEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ifcsShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ifModeShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interfaceShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iodReset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iodSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iodShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipaddrSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipaddrShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiAuthCfg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiFailoverAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiFailoverDelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiPortShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Contents
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
89
91
92
93
94
96
97
99
101
104
106
108
110
112
113
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
126
127
128
129
131
132
133
134
135
iscsiShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iscsiWwnAlloc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
licenseAdd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
licenseRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
licenseShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
linkCost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lsanZoneShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lsdbShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nbrStateShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nbrStatsClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nsAllShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nsShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
passwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pdShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pkiShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgDefault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgEPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgEXPort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgFcip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgGige . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgLongDistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portCfgTopology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portDiagClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portDiagDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portDiagEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portErrShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogDisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogDump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLogShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portLoopbackTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portPerfShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portRouteInfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portShow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portStatsShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portStop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
portType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
psShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
quit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rnPing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
routeShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
secAuthSecret. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
serviceCfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
setFanSpeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
setPagerOff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
setPagerOn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sfpShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sfpSupport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
showRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
spinSilk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
137
138
140
141
142
144
146
148
150
152
153
155
157
158
159
162
164
165
166
169
171
173
175
177
179
180
181
182
183
184
186
187
188
191
192
195
197
198
200
201
205
206
207
208
209
215
216
217
218
219
220
222
223
224
225
226
228
229
230
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
5
supportShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
svipAddrSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
svipAddrShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchDisable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchEnable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchName. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchStatusShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syslogdipAdd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syslogdipRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syslogdipShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tempShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timeZoneSet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
topologyShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
trunkReset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
trunkSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
trunkShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tsClockServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
upTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
urouteConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
urouteRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
urouteShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
userAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
userDel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
userShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wdogevt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zoneAdd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zoneCreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zoneDelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zoneRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zoneShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zsdLogClear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zsdLogShow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
251
253
254
255
256
257
258
260
261
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
272
273
274
275
276
2 Default values for configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Default values for system parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Default values for management interface parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Default values for port parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Tables
1
2
3
4
6
Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Default values for system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Default values for management interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Default values for port parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Contents
About this guide
This guide provides information about:
• Setting up and configuring the HP StorageWorks Multi-protocol (MP) Router
• Maintaining and operating the MP Router
• Basic troubleshooting and diagnostics
Intended audience
This guide is intended for system administrators and technicians who are experienced with the following:
• HP StorageWorks Fibre Channel Storage Area Network (SAN) switches
• XPath Operating System (OS) 7.4.x or earlier
Related documentation
Documentation, including white papers and best practices documents, is available on the HP
web site:
http://www.hp.com/country/us/eng/prodserv/storage.html
To access current Fabric OS related documents:
1. Locate the IT storage products section of the web page.
2. Under Networked storage, click the SAN Infrastructure subsection.
3. From the SAN Infrastructure web page, locate the SAN Infrastucture products section.
4. Click Multi-protocol Routers and Gateways.
5. To access XPath OS 7.4.x documents (such as this document), click B-Series Multi-Protocol Router.
The HP StorageWorks B-Series Multi-Protocol Router overview page displays.
6. Go to the Product Information section, located on the right side of the web page.
7. Click Technical documentation.
8. Follow the onscreen instructions to download XPath OS 7.4.x documents.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
7
Document conventions and symbols
Table 1
Document conventions
Convention
Element
Medium blue text: Figure 1
Cross-reference links and e-mail addresses
Medium blue, underlined text
(http://www.hp.com)
Web site addresses
Bold font
•
Key names
•
Text typed into a GUI element, such as into a box
•
GUI elements that are clicked or selected, such as menu and
list items, buttons, and check boxes
Italics font
Text emphasis
Monospace font
•
File and directory names
•
System output
•
Code
•
Text typed at the command-line
•
Code variables
•
Command-line variables
Monospace, italic font
Monospace, bold font
WARNING!
CAUTION:
Indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or death.
Indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or data.
IMPORTANT:
NOTE:
Emphasis of file and directory names, system output, code, and
text typed at the command line
Provides clarifying information or specific instructions.
Provides additional information.
Rack stability
WARNING!
To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to equipment:
• Extend leveling jacks to the floor.
• Ensure that the full weight of the rack rests on the leveling jacks.
• Install stabilizing feet on the rack.
• In multiple-rack installations, secure racks together.
• Extend only one rack component at a time. Racks may become unstable if more than one component is
extended.
8
HP technical support
Telephone numbers for worldwide technical support are listed on the HP support web site:
http://www.hp.com/support/.
Collect the following information before calling:
• Technical support registration number (if applicable)
• Product serial numbers
• Product model names and numbers
• Applicable error messages
• Operating system type and revision level
• Detailed, specific questions
For continuous quality improvement, calls may be recorded or monitored.
HP strongly recommends that customers sign up online using the Subscriber's choice web site:
http://www.hp.com/go/e-updates.
• Subscribing to this service provides you with e-mail updates on the latest product enhancements, newest
versions of drivers, and firmware documentation updates as well as instant access to numerous other
product resources.
• After signing up, you can quickly locate your products by selecting Business support and then Storage
under Product Category.
HP-authorized reseller
For the name of your nearest HP-authorized reseller:
• In the United States, call 1-800-282-6672.
• Elsewhere, visit the HP web site: http://www.hp.com. Then click Contact HP to find locations and
telephone numbers.
Helpful web sites
For other product information, see the following HP web sites:
• http://www.hp.com
• http://www.hp.com/go/storage
• http://www.hp.com/support/
• http://www.docs.hp.com
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
9
10
1 XPath OS CLI commands
This chapter lists the MP Router command line interface (CLI) commands in alphabetical order. It also
shows their syntax and operands, and provides examples of their usage.
You can access the same information for each command by using the help command on the MP Router.
For example, to get information about the aliadd command, enter help aliadd at the command
prompt, as follows:
switch:admin> help aliadd
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
11
agtCfgSet
Configures Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent system parameters and
trap recipient.
Synopsis
agtcfgset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the sysDescr, sysLocation, and sysContact parameters of the MIB-II
system group. All these parameters accept letters, digits, spaces, underscores, hyphens, and percent and
dollar signs, with a maximum length of 255 characters.
This command also configures the sweventTrapLevel. Only events that have a severity of
swEventTrapLevel or higher generate a trap. Possible levels include:
0
Panic
1
Critical
2
Error
3
Warning
4
Info
5
Debug
This command allows a maximum of 10 trap recipients. Each trap recipient is composed of a community
string and an IP address. The order of the trap recipients has no meaning; traps are sent to all configured
recipients. The community string has the same syntax as other system parameters.
Operands
none
12
XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
In the following example, sysLocation is changed from End User Premise to Hardware Lab. The
community string of the first trap recipient is changed from com23 to public, and the IP address of the
second trap recipient is changed from 192.168.74.12 to 192.168.74.13:
switch:admin> agtcfgset
Customize MIB-II system variables......
At each prompt, do one of following:
<return> to accept current value
enter the appropriate new value
<ctrl-D> to skip the rest of configuration and finish
<ctrl-C> to cancel any changes
sysDesc: [SilkWorm Fibre Application Platform]
sysLocation: [End User Premise] Hardware Lab
sysContact: [Tech Support]
swEventTrapLevel: (0..4) [3]
SNMP community and trap recipient configuration:
You can add maximum 10 trap recipients
type <.> at IP address to delete the recipient
recipient1--Community [com23] public
recipient1--IP address in dot notion [192.168.74.12]
recipient2--Community [contro_center]
recipient2--IP address in dot notion [192.168.74.11] 192.168.74.13
recipient3--Community [unconfigured] ^D
See also
agtCfgShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
13
agtCfgShow
Displays SNMP agent system parameters and trap recipient.
Synopsis
agtcfgshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the sysDescr, sysLocation, and sysContact parameters of the MIB-II
system group, swEventTrapLevel, and trap recipients:
sysDescr
System (router) description (in the MIB-II definition). The default value is
MP_ROUTER.
sysLocation
System location (in MIB-II). The default value is End User Premise.
sysContact
System contact information. The default is Tech Support.
swEventTrapLevel
Event trap level in conjunction with the event severity level. When an
event occurs, if its severity level is at or below the set value, the SNMP
trap, swEventTrap, is sent to the configured trap recipients. By default,
this value is 3, which means that any event that has a severity equal to or
higher than “warning” causes an swEventTrap to be sent. Possible
values include:
0
panic
1
critical
2
error
3
warning
4
informational
5
debug
Operands
none
Examples
To display the SNMP agent system parameters and trap recipient:
switch:admin> agtcfgshow
Current SNMP Agent Configuration
Customizable MIB-II system variables:
sysDescr = MP_ROUTER
sysLocation = End User Premise
sysContact = Tech Support
swEventTrapLevel = 3
SNMPv2 Trap Recipient Configuration
recipient1--Community=com23
recipient1--IP address=192.168.74.12
recipient2--Community=control_center1
recipient2--IP address=192.168.74.11
recipient3--Community=control_center2
recipient3--IP address=192.168.74.20
See also
agtCfgSet
14
XPath OS CLI commands
aliAdd
Adds a member to an alias.
Synopsis
aliadd “aliName“, “aliMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to add one or more members to an existing alias, aliName. The aliMemberList
option is one or more semicolon-separated world wide names (WWNs), and domain,port pairs, or iSCSI
qualified names (IQNs).
For a description of members, see aliCreate.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save the change to nonvolatile memory using
the cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“aliName“
A name for the alias, in quotation marks.
“aliMemberList“
A semicolon-separated list of members, in quotation marks.
Examples
To add disk arrays to ALIAS_1:
switch:admin> aliadd "ALIAS_1", "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85; 20,5"
See also
aliCreate
aliDelete
aliRemove
aliShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
15
aliCreate
Creates an alias.
Synopsis
alicreate “aliName“, “aliMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to create a new alias, aliName, which must be unique among all other alias or zone
object names. The aliMemberList operand is one or more semicolon-separated WWNs, domain,port
pairs, or iSCSI qualified names (IQNs).
An alias name is one letter followed by any combination and number of letters, digits, and underscore
characters. Names are case sensitive: for example, Alias_1 and alias_1 are different aliases. Spaces are
ignored.
The zone alias member list must have at least one member. Each member is described by a
semicolon-separated list of member definitions. The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias.
WWNs are specified as eight hexadecimal numbers separated by colons, for example,
10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a. Zoning has no knowledge of the fields within a WWN: The 8 bytes are
simply compared with the node and port names presented by a device in a login frame—fabric login
(FLOGI) or port login (PLOGI). When an alias member is specified by node name, all ports on that device
are in the zone. When an alias member is specified by port name, only that single device port is in the
zone.
Physical fabric port numbers can also be specified as a pair of decimal numbers, d,p, where d is the MP
Router number (domain ID) and p is the port number on that MP Router. For example, “6,10“ specifies
port 10 on MP Router number 6. When an alias member is specified by physical fabric port number, then
all devices connected to that port are in the zone. No spaces are allowed.
iSCSI qualified names (IQNs) are specified as iqn.year-month.unique_iSCSI_domain_ID; for
example:
iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:rst-win2k-pc12
iqn.2002-12.com.hp:22000004efd712ea
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
16
“aliName“
A name for the alias, in quotation marks.
“aliMemberList“
A semicolon-separated list of members, in quotation marks.
XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
To create two aliases, ALIAS_1 and ALIAS_2:
switch:admin> alicreate "ALIAS_1", "21:00:00:20:37:65:ec:43; 20,3"
switch:admin> alicreate "ALIAS_2", "iqn.2001-04.com.example:arraysa86"
See also
aliAdd
aliDelete
aliRemove
aliShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
17
aliDelete
Deletes an alias.
Synopsis
alidelete “aliName“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to delete alias aliName.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“aliName”
A name for the alias, in quotation marks.
Examples
To delete the alias ALIAS_1:
switch:admin> alidelete “ALIAS_1“
See also
aliAdd
aliCreate
aliRemove
aliShow
18
XPath OS CLI commands
aliRemove
Removes a member from an alias.
Synopsis
aliremove “aliName“, “aliMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing alias.
For the description of members, see the aliCreate help.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“aliName”
The name of an existing alias, in quotation marks.
“aliMemberList”
A semicolon-separated list of members (one or more world wide
names [WWNs], domain,port pairs, or IQNs), in quotation
marks.
Examples
To remove 20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85 and 20,5 from ALIAS_1:
switch:admin> aliremove "ALIAS_1", "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85; 20,5"
See also
aliAdd
aliCreate
aliDelete
aliShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
19
aliShow
Displays zone information.
Synopsis
alishow [-i][“pattern”]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command with no parameters to display all zone configuration information (both defined and
effective configurations).
If a parameter is specified, it is used as a pattern to match alias names, and those that match in the
defined configuration are displayed.
Patterns might contain the following:
• Question mark (?), which matches any single character.
• Asterisk (*), which matches any string of characters.
• Characters [0–9, a–z, A–Z,_], which match the character.
See cfgShow for a description of this display.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
“pattern”
Can contain any of the valid characters mentioned
-i
Displays iSCSI qualified names (IQNs) instead of World Wide
Names (WWNs)
Examples
To display zone information:
switch:admin> alishow -i "ALI*"
alias:
ALIAS_1
21:00:00:e0:8b:02:38:d2
20,4
alias:
ALIAS_2
iqn.2001-04.com.example:arraysa86
See also
aliAdd
aliCreate
aliDelete
aliRemove
cfgShow
zoneShow
20
XPath OS CLI commands
altBoot
Boots the switch to the other flash image.
Synopsis
altboot
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to boot the switch to the inactive bank.
NOTE: The command does not boot the switch if there is no XPath OS present in the inactive bank.
When a firmware commit for the bank is scheduled, the command prompts the administrator for
confirmation of a firmwareCommit of the inactive bank before booting the switch.
Operands
none
Examples
To boot to the inactive bank:
switch:admin> altboot
See also
firmwareCommit
firmwareDownload
firmwareShow
version
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
21
bannerSet
Sets the security banner on the MP Router.
Synopsis
bannerset [banner]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the security banner on the MP Router.
The security banner is a string of alphanumeric characters that is displayed whenever a user tries to log in
to an MP Router.
Create the banner by using the banner operand or enter bannerSet without an operand for an
interactive session.
To close the banner text string, enter a period at the beginning of a new line.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
Specifies a text string to display when users log in. The security
banner must be between 1 and 116 characters or 1022
characters in interactive mode.
banner
If the banner text length exceeds the maximum allowed with
multiple lines of input, the software truncates the input. If the
banner text length exceeds the maximum allowed with a single
line of input, the software stops accepting characters.
Examples
To set the banner to “My platform”:
switch:admin> bannerset “My platform”
To set the banner to “My platform” in interactive mode:
switch:admin> bannerset
Please input context of security banner (press "." RETURN
at the beginning of a newline to finish input):
My platform
.
See also
bannerShow
22
XPath OS CLI commands
bannerShow
Displays the security banner on the local MP Router.
Synopsis
bannershow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the security banner on the local MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the banner on the local MP Router:
switch:admin> bannershow
My platform.
See also
bannerSet
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
23
beacon
Blinks the system LED on the MP Router.
Synopsis
beacon [on | off]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to blink the system LED on the MP Router, which makes it easier for administrators to
identify a particular MP Router in their data centers. The LED alternately blinks green and amber for a
second.
NOTE: If an MP Router is disabled and then enabled while beaconing, the MP Router LED no
longer blinks.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
on
Turns the beacon on.
off
Turns the beacon off.
Examples
To turn the beacon on:
switch:admin> beacon on
To turn the beacon off:
switch:admin> beacon off
See also
switchShow
24
XPath OS CLI commands
burninErrShow
Displays errors stored in the nonvolatile memory on the MP Router during burn-in.
Synopsis
burninerrshow
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display errors stored in nonvolatile memory on the MP Router during burn-in.
Operands
none
Examples
To display burn-in errors:
switch:admin> burninerrshow
See also
diagSetBurnin
diagStopBurnin
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
25
burninStatus
Displays burn-in status.
Synopsis
burninstatus
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display the burn-in status of the system. The output contains the state, status, current
run number, current command in the run, total commands in the run, and the burn-in script name.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the burn-in status:
switch:admin> burninstatus
State
Status
Run
Cmd
TotCmds
Script
ABORT
PASS
3
18
41
switchess.sh
See also
diagSetBurnin
26
XPath OS CLI commands
celloPortTest
Performs a functional test of the MP Router fabric ASIC.
Synopsis
celloporttest [-t port_list] [-r port_list] [-n count]
[-l length] [-c chk_content]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test the connection between the port ASICs and the switching ASICs.
All ports involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled (using portDiagEnable) prior to running this
test.
Because the bridge port (an internal port) cannot be changed to diagnostics mode during normal
operation, it can be tested only in the power-on self test (POST) environment.
This test can verify all the possible links if the source ports and destination ports include all user ports and
bridge ports.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-t port_list
Specifies a list of source ports. The default value is all ports.
-r port_list
Specifies a list of destination ports. The default value is all ports.
-n count
Specifies the number of frames to send to each destination. The
default value is 100.
-l length
Specifies the payload length of the test frames. The default value
is 2048.
-c chk_content
Verifies frame content at the destination ports. This feature is
disabled by default. A value of 1 specifies check contents; 0
specifies do not check contents.
Examples
To transmit 2048-bytes frames from ports 1 and 2 to ports 3 and 5, use the following command:
switch:admin> celloporttest -t 1,2 -r 3,5
Port Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
Bad fr
Order fr Error RSLT
---- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ -------- -------- ----- -------0001 00000200 000000413600 00000000 000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000 PASS
0002 00000200 000000413600 00000000 000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000 PASS
0003 00000000 000000000000 00000200 000000413600 00000000 00000000 00000 PASS
0005 00000000 000000000000 00000200 000000413600 00000000 00000000 00000 PASS
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
27
See also
crossPortTest
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
portLoopbackTest
28
XPath OS CLI commands
cfgActvShow
Displays effective zone configuration information.
Synopsis
cfgactvshow [-i]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the effective zone configuration information.
The effective configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an
initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone
configuration is enabled.
If the -i option is used, the iSCSI qualified name (IQN) is displayed; otherwise, WWN format is
displayed for iSCSI members.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Displays the IQN.
-i
Examples
To display the effective zone configuration information:
switch:admin> cfgactvshow
Effective configuration:
Cfg:
USA_cfg
Zone:
ZONE_A
21:01:00:e0:8b:22:a2:38
20,4
Zone:
ZONE_B
21:00:00:20:37:c8:97:04
iqn.2001-04.com.example:arraysa86
See also
cfgShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
29
cfgAdd
Adds a new member to a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgadd “cfgName“, “cfgMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone configuration, cfgName. The
cfgMemberList operand is a semicolon-separated list of one or more zone names.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“cfgName”
A name for the zone configuration, in quotation marks.
“cfgMemberList”
A semicolon-separated list of members, in quotation marks.
Examples
To add a new zone to the configuration USA_cfg:
switch:admin> cfgadd "USA_cfg", "ZONE_C"
See also
cfgClear
cfgDelete
cfgDisable
cfgEnable
cfgRemove
cfgSave
cfgShow
30
XPath OS CLI commands
cfgClear
Clears all defined zone configurations.
Synopsis
cfgclear
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear all defined zone information from the fabric. Disable all zone configurations
before running the command. After clearing the defined zone information, use the cfgDisable
command to disable and clear the zone configuration in nonvolatile memory for all the switches in the
fabric.
Operands
none
Examples
To clear all zones and nonvolatile memory:
switch:admin> cfgclear
switch:admin> cfgdisable
See also
cfgDisable
cfgEnable
cfgSave
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
31
cfgCreate
Creates a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgcreate “cfgName“, “cfgMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to create a new zone configuration, cfgName, which cannot be used for any other
zone object. cfgMemberList is a semicolon-separated list of one or more zone names.
A zone configuration name is a letter followed by any number of letters, digits, and underscores. Names
are case sensitive; for example, Cfg_1 and cfg_1 are different zone configurations. Spaces are ignored.
The zone configuration member list, cfgMemberList, has at least one member (empty lists are not
allowed).
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“cfgName”
A name for the zone configuration, in quotation marks.
“cfgMemberList”
A semicolon-separated list of members, in quotation marks.
Examples
To create a configuration containing two zones, ZONE_A and ZONE_B:
switch:admin> cfgcreate "USA_cfg", "ZONE_A;ZONE_B"
See also
cfgAdd
cfgClear
cfgDelete
cfgDisable
cfgEnable
cfgRemove
cfgSave
cfgShow
32
XPath OS CLI commands
cfgDelete
Deletes a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgdelete “cfgName“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to delete a zone configuration, cfgName.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“cfgName“
A name for the zone configuration, in quotation marks.
Examples
To delete the zone configuration USA_cfg:
switch:admin> cfgdelete "USA_cfg"
See also
cfgAdd
cfgClear
cfgCreate
cfgDisable
cfgEnable
cfgRemove
cfgSave
cfgShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
33
cfgDisable
Disables a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgdisable
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable the current zone configuration. The fabric returns to nonzoning mode, in
which all devices are known to each other.
Operands
none
Examples
To disable the enabled zone configuration:
switch:admin> cfgdisable
Cfg Disable Successful
See also
cfgClear
cfgEnable
cfgSave
34
XPath OS CLI commands
cfgEnable
Enables a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgenable “cfgName“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to commit any defined zone configuration to both volatile and nonvolatile memory and
to enable the specified zone configuration.
The specified zone configuration is built by checking for undefined zone names, zone alias names, or
other inconsistencies and by expanding zone aliases, removing duplicate entries, and installing the
effective configuration.
If the build fails, the previous state is preserved (zoning remains disabled, or the previous effective
configuration remains in effect). If the build succeeds, the new configuration replaces the previous
configuration.
See the cfgShow command for a description of defined and effective configurations.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“cfgName”
A name for the zone configuration, in quotation marks.
Examples
To enable zone configuration USA_cfg:
switch:admin> cfgenable "USA_cfg"
See also
cfgClear
cfgDisable
cfgSave
cfgShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
35
cfgRemove
Removes a member from a zone configuration.
Synopsis
cfgremove “cfgName“, “cfgMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone configuration, cfgName.
cfgMemberList is a semicolon-separated list of one or more zone names. If all members are removed,
the zone configuration is deleted.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“cfgName”
A name for the zone configuration, in quotation marks.
“cfgMemberList”
A semicolon-separated list of members, in quotation marks.
Examples
To remove ZONE_C from zone configuration USA_cfg:
switch:admin> cfgremove "USA_cfg", "ZONE_C"
See also
cfgEnable
cfgSave
36
XPath OS CLI commands
cfgSave
Saves zoning configurations to nonvolatile memory.
Synopsis
cfgsave
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to save the current zone configuration. The defined configuration and the name of the
effective configuration are written to nonvolatile memory in all MP Routers in the fabric.
This saved configuration is automatically reloaded by the MP Router on power-up; if a configuration was
in effect when it was saved, the same configuration is reinstalled after power-up.
Operands
none
Examples
To save the current zone configuration:
switch:admin> cfgsave
See also
cfgClear
cfgDisable
cfgSave
cfgShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
37
cfgShow
Displays zone configuration information.
Synopsis
cfgshow [pattern][-i]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command without parameters to display all zone configuration information (both defined and
effective configurations).
The defined configuration displays the complete set of all zone objects that have been defined in the
fabric. Multiple zone configurations might be defined (although only one can be in effect at a time). The
defined configuration is the current state of the administrator’s input.
The effective configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an
initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone
configuration is enabled.
If an operand is specified, it is used as a pattern to match configuration names, and those that match in
the defined configuration are displayed.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
pattern
May contain any valid character. Patterns might contain:
• Question mark (?), which matches any single character.
• Asterisk (*), which matches any string of characters.
• Characters [0–9, a–z, A–Z,_], which match the character.
-i
38
XPath OS CLI commands
Displays the information with the iSCSI name.
Examples
To display all zone configuration information with the iSCSI name:
switch:admin> cfgshow -i
Defined configurations:
Cfg: USA_cfg ZONE_A;ZONE_B
Zone: ZONE_A
21:01:00:e0:8b:22:a2:38
20,4
Zone:
ZONE_B
21:00:00:20:37:c8:97:04
iqn.2001-04.com.example:arraysa86
Effective configuration:
Cfg:
USA_cfg
Zone:
ZONE_A
21:01:00:e0:8b:22:a2:38
20,4
Zone:
ZONE_B
21:00:00:20:37:c8:97:04
iqn.2001-04.com.example:arraysa86
See also
cfgAdd
cfgClear
cfgCreate
cfgDelete
cfgDisable
cfgEnable
cfgRemove
cfgSave
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
39
cfgSize
Displays size details for the zone database.
Synopsis
cfgsize
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the size details for the zone database.
The size details include the following (all sizes are in bytes):
Zone DB max size
The upper limit for the defined configuration.
Current DB size
The size of the defined configuration.
A defined configuration might not be a committed
configuration; for example, if a configuration is modified by a
management interface, such as Telnet or API, and not yet
committed (using the cfgEnable, cfgDisable, or
cfgSave commands), it is defined but not committed.
Therefore, the current zone database size might include
uncommitted configurations.
See cfgShow for a description of defined and effective configurations.
Operands
none
Examples
To display size details for the defined configuration:
switch:admin> cfgsize
Zone DB max size - 130956 bytes
Current DB size - 3724 bytes
See also
cfgShow
40
XPath OS CLI commands
chassisShow
Displays chassis information.
Synopsis
chassisshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display general chassis-level hardware status information and configuration. The
domain ID is either an unconfigured default value of 100 or a specific configured value. In the former
case, the MP Router runtime domain ID can be changed by the fabric.
Operands
none
Examples
To display chassis information:
switch:admin> chassisshow
Chassis WWN=10:00:EC:60:00:00:01:00
Domain Id=100
Chassis Type=AP7420
Chassis Serial No.=0000234
Chassis Admin status=enabled
Chassis Part No.=0000A300
Number of power supplies: 2
POWER SUPPLY 1 status is OK
POWER SUPPLY 3 status is NOT PRESENT
Number of fans: 6
Fan 1 status is OK
Fan 2 status is OK
Fan 3 status is OK
Fan 4 status is OK
Fan 5 status is OK
Fan 6 status is OK
ID:
456-777888
Part Num:
230-290-12370
Serial Num:
3456789
Revision Num: A.02
See also
fanShow
psShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
41
clear
Clears the MP Router screen.
Synopsis
clear
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to clear the MP Router screen.
Operands
none
Examples
To clear the MP Router screen:
switch:admin> clear
See also
none
42
XPath OS CLI commands
configDefault
Sets system parameters to factory defaults.
Synopsis
configdefault
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set all system parameters, except the following, to their factory defaults:
• Ethernet MAC address
• IP address of the management interfaces
• Subnet mask of the management interfaces
• IP gateway address of the management interfaces
• License keys
• World wide names (WWNs)
• Zoning configuration
• User accounts and passwords
• SNMP configurations
Because some configurations are cached by the system, a reboot is forced after this command.
Operands
none
Examples
To set system parameters to their defaults:
switch:admin> configdefault
configdefault requires a switch reboot, do you want to proceed? (y, n) y
Configuration restored to factory default
<switch then enters into reboot stage......>
See also
configDownload
configUpload
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
43
configDownload
Restores the MP Router configuration from a host file.
Synopsis
configdownload -h hostName -f fileName [-u userName] [-p password]
[-t fileTransferProtocol] [-l]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to download the configuration file from a specified FTP or Trivial File Transfer Protocol
(TFTP) server. The default FTP account is used if either the user name or password is not specified. The
default file transfer protocol is FTP.
You must disable the MP Router before this operation. The IP configuration of the management interface is
not immediately changed by this command. The configuration change takes effect at the next reboot.
The configDownload command might fail for the following reasons:
• The host is not known to the MP Router.
• The host cannot be reached by the MP Router.
• The user does not have permission on the host.
• The FTP server is not running on the host.
Operands
The operands hostName and fileName are required:
-h hostname
Specifies the host name of an FTP or a TFTP server.
-f filename
Specifies the source file name.
The following operands are optional:
-u userName
Specifies the user name for the FTP server.
-p password
Specifies the password for the user account.
-t fileTransferProtocol
Specifies the file transfer protocol.
-l
Displays the current download configuration.
Examples
To download configuration file /misc/config.txt (if /misc is available) from 10.7.32.168:
switch:admin> configdownload -h 10.7.32.168 -f /misc/config.txt -u root
-p password -t ftp
To download the configuration in misc/config.txt (in this example, misc is in the guest home
directory) from 10.7.32.168:
switch:admin> configdownload -h 10.7.32.168 -f misc/config.txt -u guest
-p guest
See also
configUpload
44
XPath OS CLI commands
configShow
Displays current fabric-related MP Router parameters.
Synopsis
configshow [route]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display current fabric-related MP Router parameters, which can be set through the
configure command. In addition, the configshow command displays static Fibre Channel Shortest
Path First (FSPF) routes. Route display format includes:
route.ucastRoute.Count:route_count
route.ucastRoute.port.domainid:exit_port
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Displays only FSPF routes.
route
Examples
To display current fabric-related MP Router parameters:
switch:admin> configshow
fabric.ops.domain:
100 (unconfigured default)
fabric.ops.BBCredit:
16
fabric.ops.R_A_TOV:
10000
fabric.ops.E_D_TOV:
2000
fabric.ops.dataFieldSize:
2112
fabric.ops.mode.pidFormat:
1
fabric.ops.WAN_TOV:
0
fabric.ops.MAX_HOP_COUNT:
7
switch.rscn_mode:
1
Static route:
In-Port
Domain
Out-Port
route.ucastRoute.Count:0
See also
configDefault
configure
switchDisable
switchEnable
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
45
configUpload
Backs up the MP Router configuration to a host file.
Synopsis
configupload [-h hostName] [-f destinationFileName] [-u userName]
[-p password] [-t fileTransferProtocol] [-l]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to upload the configuration file to a specified FTP or TFTP server. The default FTP
account is used if either the user name or password are not specified. The default file transfer protocol
is FTP.
The configUpload command might fail for the following reasons:
• The host is not known to the MP Router.
• The host cannot be reached by the MP Router.
• The user does not have permission on the host.
• The FTP server is not running on the host.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-h hostname
Specifies the host name of an FTP server.
-f destinationFileName
Specifies the destination file name.
-u userName
Specifies the user name for the FTP server.
-p password
Specifies the password for the user account.
-t fileTransferProtocol
Specifies the file transfer protocol.
-l
Displays the current upload configuration.
Examples
To upload the configuration file to /misc/config.txt (if /misc is available) to 10.7.32.168:
appdir:admin> configupload -h 10.7.32.168 -f /misc/config.txt -t ftp
To upload the configuration file to misc/config.txt (in this example, misc is in the guest home
directory) to 10.7.32.168:
appdir:admin> configupload -h 10.7.32.168 -f misc/config.txt -u guest -p guest
See also
configDownload
46
XPath OS CLI commands
configure
Sets fabric-related MP Router configuration parameters.
Synopsis
configure
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to interactively set the following fabric-related MP Router configuration parameters:
Domain
The domain number uniquely identifies the MP Router in a fabric.
This value is automatically assigned by the fabric if it is not
configured by the user.
BB Credit
The buffer-to-buffer (BB) credit represents the number of
frame-receipt buffers available to attached devices. The range of
allowed values varies, depending on other system settings.
R_A_TOV
The resource allocation timeout value (R_A_TOV) is displayed in
milliseconds. This variable works with the variable E_D_TOV to
determine the actions of the MP Router when the next error
condition occurs.
Allocated circuit resources with detected errors are not released
until the time value has expired. If the condition is resolved prior
to the timeout, the internal timeout clock resets and waits for the
next error condition.
E_D_TOV
Error detect timeout value (E_D_TOV) is displayed in
milliseconds. This timer flags a potential error condition when an
expected response is not received (an acknowledgement or reply
in response to packet receipt, for example) within the set time
limit.
Data Field Size
This specifies the largest possible value, in bytes, for the data
frame size. The MP Router advertises this value to other MP
Routers in the fabric during construction of the fabric as well as to
other devices when they connect to the fabric. Setting this to a
value smaller than 2112 can result in decreased performance.
Port ID Format
This specifies the port ID format:
1
Core switch ID format
2
Extended edge port ID format
WAN_TOV
Wide area network timeout value (WAN_TOV) is displayed in
milliseconds. This timer is the maximum frame timeout value for a
WAN, if any, interconnecting the Fibre Channel islands. The
valid values range from 1000 to R_A_TOV/4.
MAX_HOP_COUNT
Maximum hop count (MAX_HOP_COUNT) is an integer
denoting the maximum hops a frame might have to take to reach
any destination port from any source port across the fabric.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
47
End-device RSCN
Transmission Mode
This specifies the transmission mode of registered state change
notification (RSCN) extended link service (ELS) to the end
devices:
0
Single process ID (PID) for each payload
1
Multiple PIDs for each payload
2
Fabric-format RSCN only
This command cannot be executed on an enabled system; you must first disable the system using the
switchDisable command.
See Chapter 2 for more information.
Operands
none
Examples
To configure the fabric-related MP Router configuration parameters:
switch:admin> configure
Fabric parameter set. <cr> to skip a parameter
Domain: (1..239 or f(fabric_assign)) [100 unconfigured]
BB Credit: [1..32] [16]
R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000]
E_D_TOV: (1000..5000) [2000] 2500
Data field size: (256..2112) [2112]
Switch PID Address Mode (1..2) [2]
WAN_TOV (1000..R_A_TOV/4 ) [0]
MAX_HOP_COUNT (7..19 ) [7]
End-device RSCN Transmission Mode (0..2) [1]
Fabric configuration set
You must run switchenable to return the switch back to running state.
See also
configDefault
configShow
switchDisable
switchEnable
48
XPath OS CLI commands
configureZoning
Configures zone configuration parameters.
Synopsis
configurezoning
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to configure zoning-related parameters. The parameters are as follows:
Disable NodeName Zone
Checking
Hard Zoning Supported
yes
Disables or ignores the node name (node WWN)
members in the zone.
no
Enables the node name (node WWN) members in
the zone.
yes
Enables hard zoning support.
no
Disables hard zoning support.
Operands
none
Examples
To enable configuration zone parameters:
switch:admin> configurezoning
Zoning parameter set. <cr> to skip a parameter
Disable NodeName Zone Checking (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y
Hard Zoning Supported (yes, y, no, n): [no]
Zoning configuration changed
See also
configZoningShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
49
configZoningShow
Displays zoning configuration parameters.
Synopsis
configzoningshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display zoning-related parameters. The parameters are as follows:
disableNodenameZone
HardZoningSupported
yes
Ignores the node name (node WWN) members in
the zone.
no
Enables the node name (node WWN) members in
the zone.
yes
Enables hard zoning support.
no
Disables hard zoning support.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the zoning configuration parameters:
switch:admin> configzoningshow
Zoning configuration:
fabric.ops.disableNodenameZone:
fabric.ops.HardZoningSupported:
See also
configureZoning
50
XPath OS CLI commands
yes
no
crossPortTest
Tests the wire-side transmitting and receiving paths between two ports.
Synopsis
crossporttest [-p port_list] [-n frame_count] [-l length] [-s speed]
[-m mac]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test the wire-side connection between two ports. This test generates frames from one
port and sends them through an external fiber to another port.
Each participating port is both a frame producer and a frame consumer. The transmitting and receiving
operations occur in parallel. The transmitter attempts to send frames, independent of the status of the
receiver.
All ports involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled (using portDiagEnable) prior to running this
test.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-p port_list
Specifies a list of source ports. The default value is all ports.
-n frame_count
Specifies the number of frames to send to each destination. The default value
is 256.
-l length
Specifies the payload length of the test frames. The default value is 1024.
-s speed
Specifies Fibre Channel speed mode. The default value is 2 Gb.
-m mac
0
autonegotiation
1
1 Gb
2
2 Gb
Specifies the MAC layer to activate. The default is Fibre Channel.
0
Fibre Channel
1
Gigabit Ethernet
Examples
To send out 1024 frames from ports 12 and 13 in Fibre Channel mode:
switch:admin> crossporttest -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 2048
crossporttest -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 2048 -s 2 -m 0
Port Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
Deli Size In
Out
RSLT
---- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---000C 00000400 000000207000 00000400 000000207000 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
000D 00000400 000000207000 00000400 000000207000 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
51
To send out 1024 frames from ports 12 and 13 in gigabit Ethernet mode:
switch:admin> crossporttest -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -m 1
crossporttest -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -s 2 -m 1
Port Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
CrcT CrcR BadT BadR RSLT
---- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---000C 00000400 000000104800 00000400 000000104800 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
000D 00000400 000000104800 00000400 000000104800 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
See also
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
portLoopbackTest
spinSilk
52
XPath OS CLI commands
date
Displays or sets date and time.
Synopsis
date [-nu] [-r seconds] [+format]
date [[[[[cc]yy]mm]dd]hh]mm[.ss]
Description
Use this command to display the current date and time. Providing arguments formats the date and time in
a user-defined method or sets the date. Only admin can set the date. The date is read-only if
tsClockServer is set to an external time server.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-n
The utility named timed (a time server daemon) synchronizes the clocks
on groups of machines. By default, if timed is running, date sets the
time on all the machines in the local group. The -n option stops date
from setting the time for any machine other than the current machine.
-r
Prints the date and time that is seconds from the epoch.
-u
Displays or sets the date in UTC (Coordinated Universal Time).
An operand with a leading plus sign (+) signals a user-defined format string that specifies the format in
which to display the date and time. The format string can contain any of the conversion specifications
described in the strftime manual page, as well as any arbitrary text. A <newline> character is
always displayed after the characters specified by the format string.
The format string for the default display is:
%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y
If an operand does not have a leading plus sign, it is interpreted as a value for setting the current date and
time of the system. The canonical representation for setting the date and
time is:
cc
The first two digits of the year (the century).
yy
The second two digits of the year. If yy is specified but cc is not, a value
for yy between 69 and 99 results in a cc value of 19. Otherwise, a cc
value of 20 is used.
mm
The month of the year, from 01 to 12.
dd
The day of the month, from 01 to 31.
hh
The hour of the day, from 00 to 23.
mm
The minute of the hour, from 00 to 59.
ss
The second of the minute, from 00 to 61.
Everything but the minutes is optional.
Time changes for Daylight Saving time, Standard time, leap seconds, and leap years are handled
automatically.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
53
Examples
To display the date and time:
switch:admin> date ’+DATE: %m/%d/%y%nTIME: %H:%M:%S’
To set the date to June 13, 2003, 4:27 PM:
switch:admin> date 8506131627
To set the time to 2:32 PM without modifying the date:
switch:admin> date 1432
See also
timeZoneSet
tsClockServer
54
XPath OS CLI commands
diagDisablePost
Disables power-on self-test (POST) diagnostics.
Synopsis
diagdisablepost
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable POST. POST is skipped on the next MP Router reboot.
Operands
none
Examples
To disable POST:
switch:admin> diagdisablepost
See also
diagEnablePost
diagPost
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
55
diagEnablePost
Enables POST diagnostics.
Synopsis
diagenablepost
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enable POST. Reboot the MP Router after enabling it to run POST.
Operands
none
Examples
To enable POST:
switch:admin> diagenablepost
See also
diagDisablePost
diagPost
56
XPath OS CLI commands
diagHelp
Displays diagnostic commands.
Synopsis
diaghelp
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display diagnostic commands.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the list of diagnostic commands:
switch:admin> diaghelp
burninerrshow
Display the burn-in errors of the switch
burninstatus
Display the diagnostics burnin status
crossporttest
Test the wire-side transmitting and receiving
paths between two ports
diagdisablepost
Disable diagnostic POST
diagenablepost
Enable diagnostic POST
diaghelp
Display list of diagnostic commands
diagportmem
Test particular port's specific memory
diagportmemarm
Test particular port's memory subsystem by
port's internal CPU
diagportmailbox
Functional tests to test internal service
modules of port asic (Figero)
diagpost
Set or display diagnostic POST configuration
diagsetburnin
Initialize the switch for a burnin run
diagsetcycle
Set diagnostic script parameters
diagstopburnin
Terminate burnin run on a switch
portdiagenable
Enable port for diagnostic
portdiagdisable
Disable port for diagnostic
portdiagclear
Clear diagnostic error on a port
portloopbacktest
Test the wire-side transmitting and receiving
paths of the port
spinsilk
Test both the wire-side and crossbar-side
operations of the port
celloportest
Functional test of switch fabric ports
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
57
diagPortMailbox
Tests the internal service modules of the port ASIC.
Synopsis
diagportmailbox -p port_index -m mailbox_service_type
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test the accelerator logic of the port ASIC. The actual tests are executed by the
embedded port processors.
The port involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled (using portDiagEnable) prior to running
this test.
Operands
This command has the following required operands:
-p port_index
Specifies a port index (0 to 15). The default value is
port 0.
-m mailbox_service_type
Specifies a mailbox service type. The default value
is 1. The possible values include:
1
Test queue manager
2
Test feeder engine
3
Test lookup service
4
Test D-TCM CRC
5
Test SRAM counter
6
Test copy SRAM to D-TCM
7
Test copy D-TCM to SRAM
8
Test copy wire DRAM to scratch
9
Test copy Xbar DRAM to scratch
10
Test copy scratch to wire DRAM
11
Test copy scratch to Xbar DRAM
12
Test copy D-TCM to scratch
Examples
To test port 0 internal module service of copying wire D-TCM to CRC:
switch:admin> diagportmailbox -p 0 -m 4
PASS: diagportmailbox port[0] mbox_type[1] result[0]
See also
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
58
XPath OS CLI commands
diagPortMem
Tests the specific memory of a particular port.
Synopsis
diagportmem -p port_index -m memory_type [-t test_data_pattern]
[-f testing_size_factor]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test the memory subsystem of a particular port. The data write/read test executes the
address and data bus verifications by running address-hashing patterns or incremental-data patterns in the
entire memory. When all memories are written with patterns, the memories are read and compared
against the data previously written.
The port involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled (using portDiagEnable) prior to running this
test; otherwise, the command is rejected.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-p port_index
Specifies a port index (0 to 15).The default value is 0.
-m memory_type
Specifies a specific memory type inside the port.
Possible values include:
-t test_data_pattern
1
Test context memory
2
Test cell buffer memory
3
Test frame sequence memory
4
Test wire RX buffer
5
Test wire TX buffer
6
Test frame classification memory
7
Test code SRAM
8
Test data SRAM
9
Test scratch memory
Specifies the testing data pattern. Possible values
include:
1
Address-hashing pattern (default)
2
Incremental-data pattern
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
59
-f testing_size_factor
Specifies testing size. The default is 1 (all). Possible
values include:
1
Review the entire tested memory type block
2 to 8
Test size (memory type block size / factor)
Examples
To test port 0 context memory by using incremental-data pattern:
switch:admin> diagportmem -p 0 -m 1 -t 2
PASS: diagportmailbox port[0] mbox_type[1] result[0]
See also
diagPortMemArm
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
60
XPath OS CLI commands
diagPortMemArm
Tests a particular memory subsystem by internal port CPU.
Synopsis
diagportmemarm -p port_index -m memory_type
[-f testing_size_factor]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test particular port-specific memories. The tests are run by the internal port CPU. The
data write/read test executes the address and data bus verifications by running both the address-hashing
pattern and the incremental-data pattern in the entire memory. When all memories are written with
patterns, the memories are read and compared against the data previously written.
The port involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled (using portDiagEnable) prior to running
this test.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-p port_index
Specifies a port index (0 to 15). The default value is 0.
-m memory_type
Specifies a specific memory type inside the port. Possible
values include:
-f testing_size_factor
1
Tests wire DRAM (default)
2
Tests Xbar DRAM
Specifies testing size. Possible values include:
1
Review the entire specified memory type block
(default)
2
Test size (memory type block size / factor)
Examples
To test port 0 wire DRAM:
switch:admin> diagportmemarm -p 0 -m 1
PASS: diagportmemarm port[0] mem_type[1] factor[1] result[0]
See also
diagPortMem
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
61
diagPost
Sets or displays diagnostic power-on self-test (POST) configuration.
Synopsis
diagpost [mode]
Availability
admin
Description
This command enables and disables POST. For Post to run, the MP Router must be rebooted after enabling
POST.
NOTE:
By default, POST is enabled.
Operands
This command has the following operand:
mode
Specifies the mode as 1 (enabled) or 0 (disabled). If a mode is
not specified, the currently set mode is displayed.
Examples
To enable POST:
switch:admin> diagpost 1
See also
diagDisablePost
diagEnablePost
62
XPath OS CLI commands
diagSetBurnin
Initializes the MP Router for a burn-in run.
Synopsis
diagsetburnin [script | -current]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set up the MP Router burn-in parameters for the registered burn-in script. The burn-in
starts at the next reboot.
The errors and activity logs are stored in nonvolatile memory. The activity log of the script is saved in
/var/log/scriptname.1.log. The errors produced are available in the error log saved in
/var/log/scriptname.1.log.fail. When power cycles occur, the burn-in activity is restarted at
the test run that was interrupted at the time of the power cycle. This command does not require a reboot to
take effect.
NOTE: The MP Router runs in diagnostic mode during and after the burn-in cycle. Supported commands
in this mode are diagSetBurnin, diagSetCycle, diagStopBurnin, burninErrShow, and
burninStatus. Users can access these commands through the Telnet session. To return to normal mode,
either wait for the burn-in cycle to complete or enter the diagStopBurnin command and then reboot the
MP Router.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
script
Specifies the name of the burn-in script to run.
-current
Sets the name of the burn-in script to the current burn-in script.
Examples
To initialize the MP Router for a burn-in run:
switch:admin> diagsetburnin -current
existing script is: switchburnin.sh
diagpost: post mode set to 1
diagmode: diag mode set to burnin
Burnin mode is Enabled.
Removing all log files in /var/log.
burninSetName switchburnin.sh -noupdate
burnin name is now switchburnin.sh
Config update Succeeded
WARNING: The switch has been set up for a burn-in run. The burn-in will
take effect at the next reboot. To cancel the burn-in operation, enter
the diagstopburnin command.
See also
diagSetCycle
diagStopBurnin
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
63
diagSetCycle
Sets diagnostic script parameters.
Synopsis
diagsetcycle script [-show | -default | [-keyword value ... ]]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to provide an interactive method to update diagnostic command parameters.
Specifying script without parameters displays all configuration variables used by the specified script
and initiates an interactive session. Using the full stretched (that is, specifying the keyword and value pair)
option parameters updates the variables noninteractively.
In interactive mode, the current value, default value, and purpose of each variable are displayed for each
variable. Enter a new value to update the current value, which is stored in the configuration database;
otherwise, the value does not change. The change does not require a reboot to take effect.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
script
Specifies which script parameters to edit.
-show
Displays the parameters for a diagnostic script specified by
script.
-default
Sets script parameters to default values.
-keyword value
Updates script parameters. The keyword is the keyword to
update (see keywords in the example that follows); the value
should be specified manually.
Examples
To set diagnostic script parameters:
switch:admin> diagsetcycle switchburnin.sh -show
CURRENT- KEYWORD: DEFAULT
1 - log_length: 1
1 - number_of_runs: 1
1 - volt_show_run: 1
1 - asic_rev_run: 1
1 - temp_show_run: 1
1 - sfp_show_run: 1
.........
See also
diagSetBurnin
64
XPath OS CLI commands
diagStopBurnin
Terminates the burn-in run on an MP Router.
Synopsis
diagstopburnin
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to determine which process ID (PID) is running burn-in on an MP Router and to
terminate that activity. The burn-in script handles the logging cleanup. The change does not require a
reboot to take effect.
Operands
none
Examples
To terminate the burn-in run:
switch:admin> diagstopburnin
No burnin script active.
switchbeacon: done burnin script!!!
burninerrshow output:
errLog is empty
diagpost: post mode set to 1
diagmode: diag mode set to normal
See also
diagSetBurnin
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
65
diagUpload
Uploads diagnostic information from daemons and an application to an FTP server.
Synopsis
diagupload -h hostName -d destinationDirectory
-u userName -p password [-f fileName]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to upload the core dumps and supportShow information in the /usr/cores
directory or to upload a specified core-dump file to a specified FTP server.
The diagUpload command might fail for the following reasons:
• The host is not known to the MP Router.
• The host cannot be reached by the MP Router.
• The user does not have permission on the host.
• The FTP server is not running on the host.
Operands
The following operands are required:
-h hostName
Specifies the host name of an FTP server.
-d destinationDirectory
Specifies the destination directory.
-u userName
Specifies the user name for the FTP server.
-p password
Specifies the password for the user account.
The following operand is optional:
-f fileName
Specifies a core-dump file name. Without the
-f option, the supportShow command runs
internally to collect diagnostic information
and all core dumps upload to the specified
location.
Examples
To upload core dumps to /tmp (if /tmp is available) to 10.7.32.168:
switch:admin> diagupload -h 10.7.32.168 -d /tmp -u root -p password
To upload a specified core-dump file to tmp (in this example, tmp is in the root home directory) to
10.7.32.168:
switch:admin> diagupload -h 10.7.32.168 -d tmp -u root -p password
-f /usr/cores/xyz.core
See also
supportShow
66
XPath OS CLI commands
dlsReset
Turns off the dynamic load sharing option.
Synopsis
dlsreset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to prevent load sharing when a fabric change occurs; otherwise, working ports could
be affected. See dlsSet for a full description of dynamic load sharing.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn off dynamic load sharing:
switch:admin> dlsreset
DLS feature disabled
See also
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
trunkReset
trunkSet
trunkShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
67
dlsSet
Turns on the dynamic load sharing option.
Synopsis
dlsset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to allow load sharing when a fabric change occurs.
Routing is done on a per-source-port basis. This means that all the traffic coming in from a port (either
E_Port or Fx_Port) directed to the same remote domain is routed through the same output E_Port.
To optimize fabric utilization, when there are multiple equivalent paths to a remote MP Router, traffic is
shared among all the paths. Load sharing occurs when a MP Router reboots. In addition, if dynamic load
sharing is enabled, the optimal load sharing algorithm is recomputed every time a change in the fabric
occurs (an E_Port or an Nx_Port goes up or down).
A dynamic load sharing algorithm considers the link capability of the E_Ports and the Nx_Ports when
assigning routes. For example, the algorithm attempts to assign a 2-Gb/s Nx_Port to a 2-Gb/s E_Port (if
available) instead of to a 1-Gb/s E_Port.
If dynamic load sharing is turned off, load sharing is performed only at boot time, when an Nx_Port
comes up, or when a new interswitch link (ISL) comes up. Optimal load sharing is rarely achieved with this
setting.
Dynamic load sharing is turned on by default.
Notes
When dynamic load sharing is enabled, routing changes might affect working ports. For example, if an
Fx_Port goes down, another Fx_Port might be rerouted from one E_Port to a different E_Port. The MP Router
minimizes the number of routing changes, but some are necessary to achieve optimal load sharing. These
changes might affect the application, especially if the in-order delivery option is set. With the in-order
delivery option (see iodSet), routes are briefly not available (for a few seconds) after a fabric change. In
addition, some frame loss might occur. No frame loss occurs if in-order delivery is off, but there is still a
short period of time when traffic is not forwarded. This period of time is significantly shorter than when
in-order delivery is on and is usually less than 1 second.
Trunking overrides the dynamic load sharing setting.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn on dynamic load sharing:
switch:admin> dlsset
DLS feature enabled
68
XPath OS CLI commands
See also
dlsReset
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
nbrStateShow
topologyShow
trunkReset
trunkSet
trunkShow
urouteShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
69
dlsShow
Displays the state of the dynamic load sharing option.
Synopsis
dlsshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to see whether dynamic load sharing is on (set) or off.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the state of the dynamic load sharing option:
switch:admin> dlsshow
DLS is set
See also
dlsReset
dlsSet
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
trunkSet
trunkShow
70
XPath OS CLI commands
errClear
Clears the syslog messages.
Synopsis
errclear
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear the syslog messages.
Operands
none
Examples
To clear the syslog messages of the MP Router:
switch:admin> errclear
See also
errShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
71
errShow
Display the syslog messages.
Synopsis
errshow [-a]
Availability
all users
Description
This command displays the syslog messages, prompting the user to press Enter between each message.
See the HP StorageWorks XPath OS 7.4.x system error messages reference guide for descriptions of
possible error messages.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
Specifies that the syslog messages are displayed without pagination.
-a
Examples
To display the syslog messages of the MP Router:
switch:admin> errshow
See also
errClear
72
XPath OS CLI commands
eventActionSet
Sets the action type for a predefined event.
Synopsis
eventactionset eventId actionType
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the action type for a predefined event.
Operands
The following operands are required for set operation:
eventId
Event identification number.
actionType
The available action types are:
none
No action is taken.
log
Places the event in a RAM-based event log.
snmptrap
Generates a trap for the event.
logandtrap
Combines both log and snmptrap actions
for the event.
persist
Places the event in a persistent RAM-based
event log and in the logandtrap mode.
Examples
To change event action type for event ID 6:
switch:admin> eventactionset 6 logandtrap
Event Action for eventId 6 is set to: logandtrap
See also
eventActionShow
eventSeverity
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
73
eventActionShow
Displays the action type for all predefined events.
Synopsis
eventactionshow [eventID]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the action type for all predefined events.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Specifies a predefined event.
eventID
If an operand is specified, the action type of the specified event is displayed.
Examples
To display the event action type for event 10:
switch:admin> eventactionshow 10
EventId
-------10
EventDesc
------------------------------Fan removed
To display the event action type for all predefined events:
switch:admin> eventactionshow
See also
eventActionSet
74
XPath OS CLI commands
Action
----------logandtrap
eventClear
Clears the MP Router event log.
Synopsis
eventclear [-p]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear the MP Router event log.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Clear events only from the persistent event log.
-p
If no operand is specified, this command clears the event log in RAM; the persistent event log is not
cleared. If the -p option is specified, only the persistent event log is cleared and the error log in RAM is
not cleared.
Examples
To clear the event log in RAM:
switch:admin> eventclear
To clear the persistent event log:
switch:admin> eventclear -p
See also
eventShow
eventShowByNum
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
75
eventLogSize
Displays or sets the event log size.
Synopsis
eventlogsize [LogSize]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or to set the event log size, which controls the maximum number of events
captured in the event log. The event log wraps around if the number of events captured reaches the log
size. The event log size is between 100 and 2000, in increments of 100. By default, the event log size is
1000.
NOTE:
Events currently captured in the event log are cleared when the event log size is changed.
The number of events logged in the event log table is one less than the event log size.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
LogSize
Specifies the event log size.
Examples
To display the event log size:
switch:admin> eventlogsize
Event Log Size is: 1000
To set the event log size to 1200:
switch:admin> eventlogsize 1200
Event Log Size is: 1200
See also
eventShow
eventShowByNum
76
XPath OS CLI commands
eventSeverity
Displays or sets the severity level for a predefined event.
Synopsis
eventseverity eventId severityLevel
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the severity level for a predefined event.
Operands
The following operands are required:
eventId
Event identification number
severityLevel
The available severity levels are:
panic
Indicates a failure that causes the MP Router to
malfunction.
critical
Indicates a failure that affects data traffic among
ports.
error
Indicates a failure that affects data traffic on a single
port.
warning
Indicates a temporary failure that does not affect data
traffic.
info
Indicates an informational event.
debug
Indicates an event for debugging purposes.
Examples
To display the event severity level for event ID 6:
switch:admin> eventseverity 6
Event severity for event ID 6 is: info
To change the event severity level to error for event ID 6:
switch:admin> eventseverity 6 error
Event severity for event ID 6 sets to: error
See also
eventActionSet
eventSeverityShow
eventShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
77
eventSeverityShow
Displays the severity level for all predefined events.
Synopsis
eventseverityshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the severity level for all predefined events.
Operands
none
Examples
To display event severity level:
switch:admin> eventseverityshow
See also
eventSeverity
78
XPath OS CLI commands
eventShow
Displays the events in the event log.
Synopsis
eventshow [-m minutes] [-a] [-n numOfEvents]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all events in the event log by default. To display events that occurred within a
previous number of minutes, use the -m operand.. The -a operand displays events without pagination. The
-n operand specifies the number of events to display. The timestamp field of each event includes date,
time, and GMT offset.
The output of the eventShow command includes events recorded in the persistent error log during
previous runtime cycles and event messages logged in the current runtime cycle.
There are two types of memory in which log entries are stored: RAM and persistent RAM. All events are
placed in the RAM-based event log. Only events from RAM are displayed by the eventShow command.
Certain events also are stored in persistent RAM. When an MP Router reboots, RAM clears and then
reloads with log entries from persistent RAM. Running the eventShow command after a reboot displays a
log of the persistent events and any additional new log entries during bootup.
Both the persistent RAM log and the RAM log are limited in space and are managed as circular buffers.
When either log overflows, new entries overwrite the old entries.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-m minutes
Causes only events that occurred within the number of minutes
specified by minutes to be displayed.
-a
Specifies that events be displayed without pagination; otherwise,
press Enter when prompted to display the next event log page.
-n numOfEvents
Specifies the number of events to display.
Examples
To display all events in the event log:
switch:admin> eventshow
To display events that occurred within the last five minutes:
switch:admin> eventshow 5
To display all events, without pagination:
switch:admin> eventshow -a
To display the most recent 30 events, without pagination:
switch:admin> eventshow -a -n 30
See also
eventShowByNum
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
79
eventShowByNum
Displays events in the event log between specific starting and ending event numbers.
Synopsis
eventshowbynum startingEventNumber endingEventNumber
[-a] [-n numOfEvents]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display events in the event log between specific starting and ending event numbers.
This command displays all events if the starting event number is 1 and the ending event number is –1. The
timestamp field of each event includes date, time, and GMT offset.
Operands
The following operands are required:
startingEventNumber
Specifies the starting event number.
endingEventNumber
Specifies the ending event number.
The following operands are optional:
-a
Displays events without page breaks.
-n numOfEvents
Specifies the number of events to display.
Examples
To display events between event number 10 and 100:
switch:admin> eventshowbynum 10 100
To display all events above event number 200:
switch:admin> eventshowbynum 200 -1
To display all events above event number 200, without pagination:
switch:admin> eventshowbynum 200 -1 -a
To display the most recent 30 events, without pagination:
switch:admin> eventshowbynum 1 -1 -a -n 30
See also
eventShow
80
XPath OS CLI commands
exit
Terminates the shell.
Synopsis
exit
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to terminate the shell and log out of the MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To log out of the MP Router:
switch:admin> exit
See also
quit
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
81
fabLogClear
Clears the internal debug messages of the fabric controller.
Synopsis
fablogclear
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear the internal debug messages of the fabric controller.
Operands
none
Examples
To clear the internal debug messages of the fabric controller:
switch:admin> fablogclear
See also
fabLogShow
82
XPath OS CLI commands
fabLogShow
Displays the internal debug messages of the fabric controller.
Synopsis
fablogshow [-f]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display the fabric internal debug messages of the fabric controller.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
-f
Wait for additional data to append when fabLogShow reaches
the end of the log.
Examples
To display the internal debug messages of the fabric controller:
switch:admin> fablogshow
Time |P |OXID| Log info
------------------------------------------------------------------------------16:05:30.650|00|ffff| Fabctl event PORT_MODE_EVENT sent to Port 0
16:05:30.650|00|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_LinkState to RnFCSM_SendELP
16:05:30.800|01|08c4| Xbar frame In. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=10,len=208
16:05:30.800|01|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_SendELP to RnFCSM_SendELP
16:05:30.800|01|08c4| Xbar frame out. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=2,len=148
16:05:30.802|01|ffff| Fabctl event ELP_UNSUCC sent to Port 1
16:05:30.802|01|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_SendELP to RnFCSM_ProcessESC
16:05:30.804|00|08c5| Xbar frame In. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=10,len=208
16:05:30.804|00|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_SendELP to RnFCSM_SendELP
16:05:30.804|00|08c5| Xbar frame out. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=2,len=148
16:05:30.805|00|ffff| Fabctl event ELP_UNSUCC sent to Port 0
16:05:30.805|00|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_SendELP to RnFCSM_ProcessESC
16:05:30.811|01|00ff| Port Msg linkstatus = 2
16:05:30.811|01|ffff| Fabctl event PORT_MODE_EVENT sent to Port 1
16:05:30.811|01|ffff| Fabctl event ESC_SUPP sent to Port 1
16:05:30.811|01|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_ProcessESC to RnFCSM_EPortOperation
16:05:30.811|01|ffff| Fabctl event E_PORT_INITED sent to Port 1
16:05:30.812|01|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_EPortOperation to RnFCSM_SendEFP
16:05:30.812|01|00be| Xbar frame out. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=11,len=60
16:05:30.814|00|00ff| Port Msg linkstatus = 2
16:05:30.814|00|ffff| Fabctl event PORT_MODE_EVENT sent to Port 0
16:05:30.814|00|ffff| Fabctl event ESC_SUPP sent to Port 0
16:05:30.815|00|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_ProcessESC to RnFCSM_EPortOperation
16:05:30.815|00|ffff| Fabctl event E_PORT_INITED sent to Port 0
16:05:30.815|00|ffff| st_chg: RnFCSM_EPortOperation to RnFCSM_SendEFP
16:05:30.815|00|00bf| Xbar frame out. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=11,len=60
16:05:30.815|00|00ff| Port Msg linkstatus = 2
16:05:30.815|00|ffff| Fabctl event PORT_MODE_EVENT sent to Port 0
16:05:30.818|01|08c8| Xbar frame In. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=11,len=60
16:05:30.819|01|08c8| Xbar frame out. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=2,len=60
16:05:30.824|01|00be| Xbar frame In. sid=fffffd,did=fffffd,cmd=2,len=60
16:05:30.824|01|00be| SWILSReply - cmd = 11
See also
fabLogClear
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
83
fabricShow
Displays fabric membership information.
Synopsis
fabricshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display information about MP Routers and switches in the fabric.
If the fabric is reconfiguring, some or all MP Routers might not be shown; otherwise, the following fields
are displayed:
Switch ID
The domain_ID and embedded port D_ID
World Wide Name
The world wide name (WWN)
Enet IP Addr
The Ethernet IP address
Name
The symbolic name (> indicates the principal MP Router)
Operands
none
Examples
To display information about MP Routers in a fabric:
switch:admin> fabricshow
SwitchID
Worldwide Name
Enet IP Addr
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------2:fffc02
10:00:00:60:69:22:0b:3e
10.7.32.67
"switch"
100:fffc64
10:00:00:05:1e:00:08:00
The fabric has 2 switches
See also
switchShow
topologyShow
84
XPath OS CLI commands
10.7.32.249
>"MY_SYS_NAME"
fanShow
Displays fan status.
Synopsis
fanshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display current fan status. The number of fans might vary with different chassis types.
Fan status is indexed by sequential numbers and includes OK, FAIL, and NOT_PRESENT. Speed settings
are NORMAL and HIGH. If the fan status is OK, the Actual_speed field displays the fan RPMs; otherwise,
it displays N/A. The chassisShow command also provides the fan status.
See the setFanSpeed command for information on fan speed settings.
Operands
none
Examples
To display fan status:
switch:admin> fanshow
Fan 1 Status:OK Set_speed:NORMAL Actual_speed:2721 RPM
Fan 2 Status:OK Set_speed:NORMAL Actual_speed:2721 RPM
Fan 3 Status:OK Set_speed:NORMAL Actual_speed:2657 RPM
Fan 4 Status:NOT_PRESENT
Fan 5 Status:NOT_PRESENT
Fan 6 Status:NOT_PRESENT
See also
chassisShow
psShow
setFanSpeed
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
85
fastBoot
Reboots the MP Router, bypassing POST diagnostics.
Synopsis
fastboot
Availability
admin
Description
This command is equivalent to the reboot command except that fastBoot causes the startup routine to
omit POST diagnostics (for the next reboot only).
CAUTION: This command does not require a confirmation. The MP Router immediately enters the reboot
stage after the command is issued.
Operands
none
Examples
To reboot the MP Router:
switch:admin> fastboot
See also
diagDisablePost
diagEnablePost
diagPost
reboot
86
XPath OS CLI commands
fazoneAdd
Adds a Fabric Assist (FA) zone.
Synopsis
fazoneAdd “fazoneName“,“fazoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
This command adds a member to an existing FA zone.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“fazoneName“
Specifies the name for the Fabric Assist zone, enclosed in
quotation marks.
“fazoneMemberList“
Specifies a list of Fabric Assist Zone members, enclosed in
quotation marks, with each member separated by a semicolon.
A member can be specified by one or more of the following
methods:
• Enter a fabric domain and area number pair. View the
area numbers for ports using the switchShow command.
• WWN
• Fabric Assist zone alias name
Examples
To add aliases for some disk arrays to the Fabric Assist zone, Blue_fazone:
switch:admin> fazoneAdd “Blue_fazone”, “array3; array4; array5”
To add a Fabric Assist host member to Fabric Assist zone, Blue_fazone:
switch:admin> fazoneAdd “Blue_fazone”, “H{5,6}”
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
87
See also
cfgEnable
cfgSave
cfgShow
fazoneCreate
fazoneDelete
fazoneRemove
fazoneShow
switchShow
88
XPath OS CLI commands
fazoneCreate
Creates a Fabric Assist (FA) zone.
Synopsis
fazonecreate “fazoneName“,“fazoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to create a new FA zone, fazoneName, which must be unique among all other zone
objects. fazoneMemberList is a semicolon-separated list of one or more WWNs, domain,port pairs,
FA zone alias names, or it can be exactly one FA host member.
A FA zone name is a C-language-style name. It must begin with a letter and be followed by any number of
letters, digits, and underscore characters. Names are case sensitive; for example, Fazone_1 and fazone_1
are different Fabric Assist zones. Spaces are ignored.
The FA zone member list must have at least one member. Empty lists are not allowed.
When a FA zone member is specified by physical fabric port number, any and all devices connected to
that port are in the FA zone.
WWNs are specified as eight hexadecimal numbers separated by colons, for example,
10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a. Zoning has no knowledge of the fields within a WWN; the 8 bytes are
simply compared with the node and port names presented by a device in a login frame (FLOGI or PLOGI).
When a FA zone member is specified by node name, then all ports on that device are in the FA zone.
When a FA zone member is specified by port name, only that single device port is in the FA zone. Zone
alias names have the same format as FA zone names and are created with the aliCreate command.
The alias must resolve to a list of one or more physical fabric port numbers, or WWNs, or to a FA host.
A FA host member is defined by wrapping the physical fabric port or a physical device (a WWN)
between “H{and }”. For example, “H{5,6}” and “H{10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a}” are FA hosts. The type
of FA zone members used to define a FA zone may be mixed and matched. For example, a FA zone
defined with the members 2,12; 2,14; 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a would contain devices connected to
MP Router 2, ports 12 and 14, and the device with a WWN of 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a (either node
name or port name—whichever port in the fabric it is connected to.)
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
89
Operands
The following operands are required:
“fazoneName“
Specify a name for the Fabric Assist zone. The name must be
enclosed in quotation marks.
“fazoneMemberList“
Specify a member or list of members to add to a Fabric Assist
zone. The list must be enclosed in quotation marks, and each
member must be separated by a semicolon. A member can be
specified by one or more of the following methods:
• A fabric domain and area number pair. (View the area
numbers for ports using the switchShow command.)
• WWNs.
• Fabric Assist zone alias names.
• Exactly one Fabric Assist host member.
Examples
To create two Fabric Assist zones using a mixture of port numbers and Fabric Assist zone aliases:
switch:admin> fazoneCreate “fazone1”, “H{1,1}; array1; 1,2; array2”
switch:admin> fazoneCreate “fazone2”, “1,0; H{1,2}; array2”
See also
aliCreate
cfgEnable
cfgSave
cfgShow
fazoneAdd
fazoneDelete
fazoneRemove
fazoneShow
switchShow
90
XPath OS CLI commands
fazoneDelete
Deletes a Fabric Assist (FA) zone.
Synopsis
fazoneDelete “fazoneName“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to delete an existing FA zone on a fabric.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“fazoneName“
Specifies the name of the zone to be deleted, in quotation marks.
Examples
To delete a Fabric Assist zone:
switch:admin> fazoneDelete “Blue_fazone”
See also
fazoneAdd
fazoneCreate
fazoneShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
91
fazoneRemove
Removes members from a Fabric Assist (FA) zone.
Synopsis
fazoneRemove “fazoneName“, “fazoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing Fabric Assist zone.
Each deleted member must be found by an exact string match. Order is important when removing multiple
members of a FA zone. For example, if a Fabric Assist zone contains array2; array3; array4, then
removing array4; array3 fails, but removing array3; array4 succeeds. If issuing this command results in all
members being removed, the FA zone is deleted.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“fazoneName“
Specifies a name for the FA zone, in quotation marks.
“fazoneMemberList“
Specifies a member or list of members to remove from a FA
zone. The list must be enclosed in quotation marks, and each
member must be separated by a semicolon. A member can be
specified by one or more of the following methods:
• A fabric domain and area number pair. View the area
numbers for ports using the switchShow command.
• WWNs
• Fabric Assist zone alias names
• Exactly one Fabric Assist host member
Examples
To remove array2 from the FA zone, Blue_fazone:
switch:admin> fazoneRemove “Blue_fazone”, “array2”
See also
fazoneAdd
fazoneCreate
fazoneDelete
fazoneShow
92
XPath OS CLI commands
fazoneShow
Displays Fabric Assist (FA) zone information.
Synopsis
fazoneshow [pattern]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display FA zone information. Specifying this command with no parameters or with
the second parameter set to zero displays all Fabric Assist zone configuration information for both defined
and effective configurations. Defined configuration information is shown from the transaction buffer. See
the cfgShow command for a description of this display.
If an operand is specified, it is used as a pattern to match Fabric Assist zone names, and those that match
in the defined configuration are displayed.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
Specifies a value to search for the name of a Fabric Assist zone.
This can be any portable operating system interface (POSIX)-style
expression. Patterns can contain:
pattern
• Question mark (?), which matches any single character
• Asterisk (*), which matches any string of characters
• Ranges that match any character within the range, for
example, [0–9] or [a–f]
Examples
To display all FA zones beginning with the letters A through C:
switch:admin> fazoneShow "[A-C]*"
fazone:
Blue_fazone
1,1; array1; 1,2; array2
See also
cfgShow
fazoneAdd
fazoneCreate
fazoneDelete
fazoneRemove
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
93
fcipShow
Displays the status of an FCIP port.
Synopsis
fcipshow port [-r]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display all configuration information and the current status for an FCIP port. In
addition, this command displays FCIP layer counters.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
port
Specifies the FCIP port (required)
-r
Resets the counters (optional)
Examples
To display information about FCIP port 8:
switch:admin> fcipshow 8
----------------- fcip protocol info(port 8) -------------------Configured
Current
UP
UP
192.168.250.6
192.168.250.6
Remote IP addr:
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Link Bandwidth:
1000
1000
Jumbo Support:
enabled
enabled
WAN_TOV timeout
enabled
enabled
Remote WWN:
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
Time sync state:
synchronized (Since Tue Jul 13 17:48:27 2004)
in_frame_ip:
137378
in_frame_fc:
4008800
out_frame_ip:
4008800
out_frame_fc:
137378
in_octet_ip:
13007680
in_octet_fc:
8043998376
out_octet_ip:
8043998376
out_octet_fc:
806207
State:
Local
IP addr:
(continued on next page)
94
XPath OS CLI commands
error_frame_ip:
0
error_frame_fc:
0
error_resync:
0
drop_frame_fc:
0
drop_frame_ip:
0
frame_timeout:
0
authen_failure:
0
To display information about FCIP port 3 and reset counters:
switch:admin> fcipshow 3 -r
See also
portCfgFcip
portCfgGige
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
95
fcrConfigure
Sets MP Router configuration parameters.
Synopsis
fcrconfigure
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to interactively set the MP Router configuration parameter for this MP Router.
This command cannot be executed on an enabled system; you must first disable the system using the
switchDisable command.
Use this command to set the configuration parameter for this MP Router. The parameter is defined as
follows:
Backbone fabric ID
A fabric ID uniquely identifies a fabric in MP router
configurations. The backbone fabric is the fabric attached to the
U_Ports (such as E/F_Ports) of this MP Router. The backbone
fabric ID must be unique across all MP Router-connected fabrics.
Operands
none
Examples
To configure the MP Router:
switch:admin> fcrconfigure
FC Router parameter set. <cr> to skip a parameter
Backbone fabric ID: (1-128)[100]
You must run switchenable to return the switch back to online state.
See also
switchDisable
switchEnable
96
XPath OS CLI commands
fcrFabricShow
Displays MP Routers in a backbone fabric.
Synopsis
fcrfabricshow
Availability
all users
Description
This command displays the MP Routers that exist in an MP Router backbone fabric and displays
information about these MP Routers.
If there are no active MP Routers present in the backbone fabric, a message is displayed that says that no
active MP Routers have been found. An active MP Router is an MP Router with at least one enabled
EX_Port.
The following output is displayed for each MP Router in the backbone fabric:
WWN
The WWN of the MP Router.
Domain ID
The domain ID of the MP Router. This domain ID is relevant only in the
backbone fabric.
Info
The Ethernet IP address and name of the MP Router
EX_Ports
The following information is displayed for each MP Router's active EX_Ports:
EX_Port
The port number for the EX_Port
FID
The fabric ID of the EX_Port
Neighbor Switch
Info (WWN, enet
IP, name)
The WWN, the Ethernet IP address and switch
name of the switch attached to the EX_Port.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the MP Routers in the backbone fabric:
fcr_mars_8:admin> fcrfabricshow
FCR WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:13:59:00, Dom ID:
EX_Port
FID
2, Info: 10.32.156.52, "fcr_mars_9"
Neighbor Switch Info (WWN, enet IP, name)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------7
10
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.33, "mojo_10"
4
116
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.34, "mojo_11"
5
116
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.34, "mojo_11"
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
97
FCR WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:12:e0:00, Dom ID: 100, Info: 10.32.156.50, "fcr_mars_8"
EX_Port
FID
Neighbor Switch Info (WWN, enet IP, name)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------4
95
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.31, "mojo_5"
5
95
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.31, "mojo_5"
6
95
00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
10.32.156.31, "mojo_5"
See also
fcrPhyDevShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrRouteShow
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
98
XPath OS CLI commands
fcrPhyDevShow
Displays MP Router physical device information.
Synopsis
fcrphydevshow [-a all] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn]
Availability
all users
Description
This command displays the physical (real) devices that are configured to be exported to other fabrics. A
device is considered to be configured to be exported to another fabric if it is a member of a Logical
Storage Area Network (LSAN) zone. The device is displayed only if it is discovered in the EX_Port-attached
fabric’s Name Server (for example, the device is online).
Physical device information is available only for physical devices that exist in fabrics attached to EX_Ports
of MP Routers on the same backbone fabric as this MP Router.
The default output displays only physical device information relevant to this MP Router. Relevant physical
devices include physical devices that are configured to be exported from fabrics attached to this MP
Router’s EX_Ports.
The physical devices are listed by fabric. Search for physical devices based on a fabric ID and port world
wide name with the -f and -w operands, respectively. The message No device found appears if there
is no physical device information available at this MP Router.
The output displays the following columns:
Device Exists in
Fabric
The fabric where the physical device exists.
WWN
The WWN of the device port.
Physical PID
The port ID of the real/physical device. (This port ID is relevant
only on the fabric specified by the Device Exists in
Fabric column.)
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-a all
Displays all physical devices for all MP Routers in the same
backbone fabric, whether or not they are relevant to this MP
Router.
-f fabricid
Displays the physical devices in the specified fabric.
-w wwn
Displays the physical devices with the specified port WWN.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide
99
Examples
To display the physical devices relevant to this MP Router:
switch:admin> fcrphydevshow
Device
WWN
Exists
Physical
PID
in Fabric
----------------------------------------2
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68
c70000
3
50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e
0100ef
3
50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83
0100e8
See also
fcrFabricShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrRouteShow
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
100 XPath OS CLI commands
fcrProxyConfig
Displays and configures proxy devices presented by an MP Router.
Synopsis
fcrproxyconfig [-s slot [importedFID devWWN slot]] [-r remove [importedFID
devWWN]]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the persistent configuration of proxy devices presented by the local MP
Router.
If no optional parameter is given, the command displays the persistent proxy device configuration;
otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to their new values.
The proxy device must be inactive prior to setting or clearing persistent attributes. Disabling EX_Ports (for
example, using the portDisable command) attached to the relevant edge fabric, removing the device
from the appropriate LSAN zones, or disabling the physical device are valid methods of ensuring a proxy
device is inactive.
Persistent proxy device configuration attributes apply to the local MP Router. Multiple MP Routers attached
to the same edge fabric coordinate to present the same proxy devices. As a result, persistent proxy device
configurations must be consistent across all MP Routers attached to the same edge fabric or results are
unpredictable. If the persistent proxy device configuration is not altered by the administrator, no action is
required. If the configuration is altered, then care must be taken to ensure consistency across all MP
Routers attached to the same edge fabric.
The following information is displayed if no optional parameter is given:
Edge FID
The imported fabric ID of the proxy device.
Device WWN
The port World Wide Name of the device.
Slot
The slot used for the device WWN.
The device WWN-to-slot association is persistently stored. The
slot format is XXYYH, where XX specifies the translate domain
port number and YY specifies the AL_PA value or the low 8 bits
of the port ID of the proxy device (valid values include 01H to
FFH). The port ID of the proxy device is derived from the PID
format (for example, native, core, and extended edge) and the
proxy device slot.
The message All slots empty is returned if no proxy device
WWN is stored in any slot for all edge fabrics.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 101
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-s importedFID devWWN slot
The -s option adds the specified WWN (format:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx) to the specified slot (format xxyyh,
where xx is the translate domain port number, yy is the AL_PA)
for the edge fabric specified (1 to 128).
An error message could be displayed, depending on the
condition that caused the error, as follows:
• If the WWN does not exist in any slot for the specified edge
fabric, this message is displayed:
WWN does not exist in any proxy device
slot.
• If all slots are used for the specified edge fabric, this
message is displayed:
Too many proxy slots configured. Remove
some unused proxy device WWNs from their
slots using the -r option and try again.
• If the specified slot already contains an entry, this message
is displayed:
The specified slot already contains a WWN,
overwrite?(y)
The -r option removes the specified WWN (format:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx) from its slot for the edge fabric
specified by edgeFID (1 to 128).
-r edgeFID WWN
The following message displays if the WWN does not exist in
any slot for the specified edge fabric:
WWN does not exist in any proxy device
slot.
Examples
To display persistent proxy device configuration:
fcr:admin> fcrproxyconfig
Edge FID
Device WWN
Slot
002
50:05:07:65:05:84:08:d7
f001
002
50:05:07:65:05:84:0a:7b
f002
002
22:00:00:20:37:c3:11:71
f001
002
22:00:00:20:37:c3:1a:8a
f002
003
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:2c
f001
004
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:2c
f001
To persistently configure device WWN 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77 to use slot f101h in fabric 5:
fcr:admin> fcrproxyconfig -s 5 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77, f101
102 XPath OS CLI commands
To remove device WWN 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77 from its persistent slot in fabric 5:
fcr:admin> fcrproxyconfig -r 5 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77
WWN deleted from proxy device slot
See also
fcrPhyDevShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrXlateConfig
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 103
fcrProxyDevShow
Displays MP Router proxy device information.
Synopsis
fcrproxydevshow [-a all] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn]
Availability
all users
Description
This command displays the proxy devices presented by FCR EX_Ports and information about the proxy
devices.
A proxy device is a virtual device presented to a fabric by an MP Router. A proxy device represents a real
device on another edge fabric. When a proxy device is created in a fabric, the real device is considered
to be imported into this fabric. The presence of a proxy device is required for interfabric device
communication. The fabric sees the proxy device as a real Fibre Channel device. It has a name server
entry and is assigned a valid port ID.
Proxy device information is available only for proxy devices that are presented by MP Routers on the same
backbone fabric as this MP Router.
The default output displays only proxy device information relevant to this MP Router. Relevant proxy
devices include proxy devices created by this MP Router (devices imported by this MP Router).
The proxy devices are listed by fabric. The message No proxy device found is displayed if there is
no proxy device information available at this MP Router.
Each line of output displays the following information:
Proxy Created in
Fabric
The fabric where the proxy device has been created.
WWN
The World Wide Name of the device port.
Proxy PID
The port ID of the proxy device.
Device Exists in
Fabric
This port ID is relevant only on the fabric specified by the
Proxy Created in Fabric column.
Physical PID
The fabric where the real device represented by this proxy
device exists.
The port ID of the real/physical device.
This port ID is relevant only on the fabric specified by the
Device Exists in Fabric column.
State
104 XPath OS CLI commands
Imported
Proxy device has been imported into the
fabric.
Initializing
The proxy device is being initialized and
will soon be imported into the fabric.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-a all
Displays all proxy devices for all MP Routers in the same
backbone fabric, whether or not they are relevant to this MP
Router.
-f fabricid
Displays proxy devices in the specified fabric.
-w wwn
Displays proxy devices with the specified port WWN.
Examples
To display the proxy devices relevant to this MP Router:
switch:admin> fcrproxydevshow
Proxy
WWN
Created
Proxy
Device
Physical
PID
Exists
PID
in Fabric
State
in Fabric
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e
01f001
3
0100ef
Imported
2
50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83
01f000
3
0100e8
Imported
3
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68
02f000
2
c70000
Imported
See also
fcrFabricShow
fcrPhyDevShow
fcrRouteShow
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 105
fcrResourceShow
Displays MP Router physical resource usage.
Synopsis
fcrresourceshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display MP Router available resources. The maximum number allowed versus the
number currently used is displayed for the various resources.
The output is as follows:
LSAN Zones
The maximum versus currently used LSAN zones.
LSAN Devices
The maximum versus currently used LSAN device database
entries. Each proxy or physical device constitutes an entry.
Proxy Device Slots
The maximum versus currently used proxy device slots. A proxy
device is presented to an edge fabric as being connected to a
translate domain slot. A slot is the port number and AL_PA
combination. The slot-to-device WWN association is persistently
stored.
Phantom Node WWN
The maximum versus currently used phantom MP Router node
WWNs. Phantom MP Routers require node WWNs for FSPF
and manageability purposes.
Phantom Port WWN
The maximum versus currently used phantom domain port
WWNs. Phantom domain ports require port WWNs for
manageability purposes. Phantom domain ports include ports
connecting front and translate domains (virtual ISLs), translate
domain ports for proxy devices, and EX_Ports.
Port Limits
Displays per-physical-port (EX_Port) resources:
Max proxy
devices
The maximum versus currently used
proxy device entries.
Max NR_Ports
The maximum versus currently used
NR_Port entries. Destination NR_port
entries are stored at every physical port
for routing decisions.
Currently
Used(row 1:
proxy, row2:
NR_Ports):
Operands
none
106 XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
To display the resource usage for the local MP Router:
fcr:admin> fcrresourceshow
Daemon Limits:
Max Allowed
Currently Used
---------------------------------LSAN Zones:
1000
4
LSAN Devices:
10000
14
Proxy Device Slots:
10000
4
WWN Pool Size
Allocated
---------------------------------Phantom Node WWN:
4096
11
Phantom Port WWN:
16384
37
Port Limits:
Max proxy devices:
2000
Max NR_Ports:
1000
Currently Used(row 1: proxy, row2: NR_Ports):
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
2
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
3
See also
fcrFabricShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrRouteShow
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 107
fcrRouteShow
Displays MP Router route information.
Synopsis
fcrrouteshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display routes through the MP Router backbone fabric to accessible destination edge
fabrics.
An MP Router backbone fabric is the fabric that contains the E/F_Ports of this MP Router and routes
interfabric traffic between edge fabrics, creating a meta-SAN.
There are MP Router NR_Ports that reside on the backbone fabric. MP Router NR_Ports send/receive
interfabric traffic. There is a one-to-one relationship between an NR_Port on a backbone fabric and an
EX_Port. NR_Port technology enables EX_Ports to exchange traffic across an intermediate fabric. NR_Ports
are addressable entities on the backbone fabric and have port IDs relevant to the backbone fabric.
Because this XPath OS release does not support cascaded backbone/intermediate fabrics, an NR_Port
provides a path to a single fabric with a single link cost. Multiple NR_Ports can provide paths to the same
destination fabric.
The message No routes found is displayed if there is no route information available at this MP Router.
There will be no route information available if there are no EX_Ports configured at this MP Router.
Each line of output displays the following information:
Destination Fabric
ID
The destination fabric.
NR_Port PID
The port ID of the NR_Port. This port ID is relevant only on the
backbone fabric. This NR_Port has a route to the destination
fabric identified by the Destination Fabric ID column.
FCRP Cost
The FCRP cost (for routing decisions) for this NR_Port. In this
release, the FCRP cost is always the same (1000) for all
NR_Ports.
WWN of the
Principal Switch in
the Dest Fabric
The world wide name of the principal switch in the destination
fabric specified by the Destination Fabric ID column. This
is useful for correlating the fabric ID listed in the Destination
Fabric ID column with the actual fabric.
Operands
none
108 XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
To display the route information:
switch:admin> fcrrouteshow
Destination
NR_Port
Fabric Id
PID
FCRP Cost
WWN of Principal
Switch in the
Dest. Fabric
----------------------------------------------------------5
650200
1000
10:00:00:60:69:90:10:ba
5
650300
1000
10:00:00:60:69:90:10:ba
7
660200
1000
10:00:00:60:69:c0:6e:84
9
660400
1000
10:00:00:60:69:10:57:c3
See also
fcrConfigure
fcrFabricShow
fcrPhyDevShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrXlateConfig
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 109
fcrXlateConfig
Displays or persistently configures a translate (xlate) domain’s domain ID.
Synopsis
fcrxlateconfig [-r remove] edge FabricIdremote FabricIdpreferred DomainId
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display a translate domain’s domain ID or change the preferred domain ID.
A translate domain is a phantom domain created by a Fibre Channel (FC) router. FC routers emulate
proxy devices representing real devices in remote fabrics. These proxy devices are emulated to be
connected to translate domains. Translate domains are presented to a fabric as residing topologically
behind front phantom domains (domains created by an EX_Port). In every EX_Port-attached edge fabric,
there can be a translate domain for every MP Router-accessible remote fabric.
During a fabric build, the translate domain requests a domain ID from the principal MP Router in the
EX_Port-attached edge fabric. The domain ID requested is the preferred domain ID. The preferred domain
ID can be set by a user when the translate domain is not active and is persistently saved. The principal MP
Router attempts to provide the translate domain with the requested domain ID but might not provide it if
there are domain ID conflicts with other domains in the fabric. If the requested domain ID (for example, the
preferred domain ID) is unavailable, the domain ID assignment is completely at the discretion of the
principal MP Router. The assigned domain ID is persistently stored and is used as the preferred domain ID
in the future.
Operands
This command had the following operands:
-r remove
Removes the configured domain ID (clears configured
domain ID). The translate domain must be inactive to remove
the preferred domain ID.
edgeFabricId
Specifies the fabric ID of the fabric that contains the translate
domain. Valid values are 1 to 128.
remoteFabricId
Specifies the fabric ID of the remote fabric represented by this
translate domain. Valid values are 1 to 128.
preferredDomainId
Specifies the preferred domain ID of the translate phantom.
Valid values are 1 to 239.
Examples
To display the translate domain configuration:
fcr:admin> fcrxlateconfig
EdgeFid
RemoteFid
Domain
OwnerDid
XlateWWN
002
003
001
N/A
004
005
002
009
50:00:51:e1:30:30:0f:05
005
004
003
015
50:00:51:e1:30:30:0f:04
110 XPath OS CLI commands
N/A
To set the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2 that represents remote fabric 3
to a value of 1:
switch:admin> fcrxlateconfig 2 3 1
xlate domain already configured, overwrite?(y) y
****** 2 3 1
To clear the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2 that represents remote fabric
3:
switch:admin> fcrxlateconfig -r 2 3
xlate domain deleted
See also
portCfgEXPort
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portStart
portStop
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 111
firmwareCommit
Commits the current firmware image to the alternate bank.
Synopsis
firmwarecommit
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to commit (copy) the current firmware image from the primary partition to the
secondary partition.
To maintain the integrity of the firmware image in the flash memory, the firmwareDownload command
initially updates only the secondary partition. When the download completes successfully and the system
reboots, the system swaps the partitions so that the primary partition (with the old firmware) becomes the
secondary, and the secondary partition (with the new firmware) becomes the primary.
By default, the firmwareDownload command automatically copies the new firmware to the secondary
partition after the reboot. If you decide to disable the autocommit (-n) option when running
firmwareDownload after the system is rebooted, you must execute the firmwareCommit command.
firmwareCommit copies the primary partition (with new firmware) to the secondary partition, thereby
committing the new firmware to both partitions of the system.
Operands
none
Examples
To commit a version of the firmware:
switch:admin> firmwarecommit
See also
altBoot
firmwareDownload
firmwareShow
version
112 XPath OS CLI commands
firmwareDownload
Downloads MP Router software from an FTP server.
Synopsis
firmwaredownload -b -n hostIpAddr userName pfile password
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to download and install the MP Router software from a remote FTP server to the
platform’s nonvolatile storage banks in a single step.
The new firmware is in the form of RPM packages with names defined in pfile, a binary file that contains
specific firmware information (time stamp, platform code, version, and so forth) and the names of
packages of the firmware to be downloaded. These packages are made available periodically to add
features or to remedy defects. Contact customer support to obtain information about available firmware
versions.
All systems supported by this firmware have two partitions of nonvolatile storage areas, a primary and a
secondary, to store two firmware images. firmwareDownload always loads the new image into the
secondary partition and swaps the secondary partition to be the primary. When -b is specified, the
command reboots the system and activates the new image. Finally, it performs the firmwareCommit
procedure automatically, to copy the new image to the other partition, unless -n is used.
The command supports both noninteractive and interactive modes. If it is invoked without any command
line parameters, or if there is any syntax error in the parameters, the command goes into interactive mode
for downloading the main Fabric OS firmware.
The firmwareDownload command might fail for any of the following reasons:
• The host is not known to the MP Router.
• The host cannot be reached by the MP Router.
• The FTP user name or password is incorrect.
• pfile does not have the correct file permissions.
• pfile does not exist on the host.
• pfile is not in the correct format.
• The package specified in pfile does not exist.
• The FTP server is not running on the host.
• Another firmwareDownload session is running.
Operands
This command has the following required operands:
hostIpAddr
A valid FTP server IP address from which pfile is downloaded,
for example, citadel or 192.168.166.30. The pfile
downloads from this host.
userName
A valid user name for FTP access to the host, for example,
jdoe. Uses the user name to access the host.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 113
pfile
A fully qualified path and file name for the firmware package
list, for example, /v7.4.0/release.plist. Absolute path
names can be specified using forward slashes ( / ).
password
The password for userName.
-b
Activates autoreboot mode. After downloading firmware, the
system must be rebooted for the new firmware to become
active. When this operand is not specified, you must issue the
reboot command to activate the download image. If
autoreboot mode is enabled, the system reboots automatically
after this firmware download completes successfully.
-n
Deactivates autocommit mode. By default, after running this
command and after the reboot (either manual or autoreboot),
the switch performs a firmwareCommit command
automatically. When autocommit is disabled, you need to
issue firmwareCommit to replicate the downloaded image
to both partitions of the system.
-i -s -t
Provided for Fabric OS compatibility only.
Examples
To download and install an XPath base OS package from host 192.168.166.30 using account johndoe,
password 12345, and pfile /usr/tmp2/firmware:
switch:admin> firmwaredownload 192.168.166.30 johndoe /usr/tmp2/firmware 12345
See also
altBoot
firmwareCommit
fspfShow
version
114 XPath OS CLI commands
firmwareShow
Displays the versions on all firmware partitions in the system.
Synopsis
firmwareshow
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display the firmware versions on the primary and secondary partitions.
Operands
none
Examples
switch:admin> firmwareshow
=========================== Active (Bank 2) Version
===========================
===================
Installed Packages:
===================
Package Name:
xpath_os_v7.4.0_prealpha1_bld17
Install Date:
Apr 14, 2005 18:48
========================== Inactive (Bank 1) Version
==========================
===================
Installed Packages:
===================
Package Name:
xpath_os_v7.4.0_prealpha1_bld17
Install Date:
Apr 14, 2005 18:48
See also
altBoot
firmwareCommit
firmwareDownload
version
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 115
fspfShow
Displays FSPF protocol information.
Synopsis
fspfshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the Fibre Channel Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol information and some
internal data structures.
The command displays the following fields:
Version
The version of FSPF protocol
Domain ID
The domain number of the local MP Router
ISL_PORT BIT MAP
The bit map of all the E_Ports
minLSArrival
FSPF constant
minLSInterval
FSPF constant
startTime
The start time of FSPF since boot
Operands
none
Examples
To display FSPF protocol information:
switch:admin> fspfshow
Version = 2
Domain ID =100
isl_ports bitmap [0-15] = 0x7873
minLSArrival = 1
minLSInterval = 5
startTime = Thu Aug 21 10:41:42 2003
See also
fabricShow
topologyShow
urouteShow
116 XPath OS CLI commands
h
Displays the most recent 20 commands executed.
Synopsis
h
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the most recent 20 commands executed.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the history of commands executed:
switch:admin> h
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 117
help
Displays the manual (man) page of a command.
Synopsis
help [“command”]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command without a parameter to display an alphabetical list of commands for which help is
available. With a parameter, the command displays the man page of the specified command. If no help is
available for the command, a message that states there is no help for the command appears.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
“command”
The command for which help is required, with or
without quotes.
Examples
To display the man page of chassisShow:
switch:admin> help chassisshow
See also
none
118 XPath OS CLI commands
ifcsDisable
Disables the IP storage fabric configuration server (iFCS) function in the fabric.
Synopsis
ifcsdisable
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable the iFCS function in the fabric and place all IP-aware routers currently in
primary and secondary mode in stand-alone mode.
NOTE:
Issue this command from the primary iFCS only.
Operands
none
Examples
To disable the iFCS function:
switch:admin> ifcsdisable
Starting ifcsdisable
..........
ifcsdisable completed successfully
See also
ifcsEnable
ifcsShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 119
ifcsEnable
Enables the IP storage fabric configuration server (iFCS) function in the fabric by making the MP Router the
primary iFCS MP Router.
Synopsis
ifcsenable
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enable the iFCS function by selecting this MP Router to be the primary iFCS and
making the remaining IP-aware MP Routers to be secondary. The primary iFCS then performs a two-way
merge of its existing configuration with all of the secondary MP Routers in the fabric and continues to do
so whenever there is a change in any IP storage configuration.
A secondary MP Router automatically becomes the primary if the current primary is removed from the
fabric. When this occurs, the primary selection is based on the second and third least-significant bytes of
the MP Router WWN. The secondary MP Router in the fabric with the larger value of those two bytes
becomes the primary. For example, a secondary with a WWN of 10:00:00:05:1e:15:84:00 becomes
primary over another secondary with a WWN of 10:00:00:05:1e:12:de:00 because 0x1584 is larger
than 0x12de.
The iFCS function distributes the IQN-to-WWN mapping of each iSCSI host and their shared Challenge
Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) secret configuration to all IP storage-aware routers in the
fabric. This distribution enables iSCSI hosts to move from one MP Router to another MP Router within a
fabric.
iFCS is disabled by default.
Operands
none
Examples
To enable the iFCS function:
switch:admin> ifcsenable
Starting ifcsenable
..........
ifcsenable completed successfully
See also
ifcsDisable
ifcsShow
120 XPath OS CLI commands
ifcsShow
Displays the status of all IP storage fabric configuration server (iFCS) routers in the fabric.
Synopsis
ifcsshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the current status of all iFCS and IP-aware routers in the fabric.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the current status of all iFCS routers in the fabric:
switch:admin> ifcsshow
WWN
IP Address
Status
10:00:00:05:1e:15:84:00
10.32.154.190
PRIMARY
10:00:00:05:1e:12:de:00
10.32.154.112
SECONDARY
10:00:00:05:1e:13:70:00
10.32.154.18
SECONDARY
See also
ifcsDisable
ifcsEnable
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 121
ifModeShow
Displays the operation mode for a management Ethernet interface.
Synopsis
ifmodeshow [mgmtPortNum]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the operation mode for a management Ethernet interface.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
mgmtPortNum
Specifies the port number of the management Ethernet interface.
Examples
To display the operation mode for management Ethernet interface 1:
switch:admin> ifmodeshow 1
Management ethernet interface configuration
MGMT 1:
Mode
MAC Address
Configuration
auto
Current
100mfd
00:05:1e:31:25:10
To display the operation mode for all management Ethernet interfaces:
switch:admin> ifmodeshow
Management ethernet interface configuration
MGMT 1:
Mode
MAC Address
Configuration
auto
Current
100mfd
00:05:1e:31:25:10
MGMT 2:
Mode
MAC Address
Configuration
auto
Current
100mfd
00:05:1e:31:25:11
See also
none
122 XPath OS CLI commands
interfaceShow
Displays FSPF interface information.
Synopsis
interfaceshow [port]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all the data structures associated with one or all the FSPF interfaces on the
MP Router. An FSPF interface corresponds to an E_Port.
If no arguments are specified, this command displays the interface information for all E_Ports.
The following fields appear:
LocalPortId
The local port ID.
defaultCost
The default cost of sending a frame over the ISL connected to this
interface. A value of 500 indicates a 2-Gb/s link.
cost
The actual cost of sending a frame over the ISL connected to this
interface.
delay
The conventional delay incurred by a frame transmitted on this ISL.
It is required by the FSPF protocol, and it is a fixed value.
upCount
The number of times this interface came up, with respect to FSPF.
lastUpTime
The last time this interface came up.
downCount
The number of times this interface went down.
lastDownTime
The last time this interface went down.
state
The current state of this neighbor (adjacent) MP Router or switch.
This E_Port is used to route traffic to other MP Routers or switches
only if the state is NB_ST_FULL.
lastTransition
The time of the last state transition of the neighbor finite state
machine.
nghbId
The domain ID of the neighbor switch.
remPort
The port number on the remote switch connected to this port.
nflags
Internal FSPF flags.
initCount
The number of times this neighbor was initialized without the
interface going down.
lastInit
The time of the last neighbor initialization.
inactivity time out
value
The inactivity timeout value, in milliseconds. When this timeout
expires, the adjacency with the neighbor MP Router or switch is
considered broken. When this happens, new paths are computed
to all the possible destination MP Routers or switches in the fabric.
hello time out value
The Hello timeout value, in milliseconds. When this timeout
expires, a Hello frame is sent to the neighbor MP Router or switch
through this port.
rXmit time out value
The retransmission timeout value, in milliseconds, which is used to
reliably transmit topology information to the neighbor MP Router
or switch. If the topology information is not received within the
specified time, a frame is retransmitted.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 123
No. of commands accepted
The total number of commands accepted from the neighbor
MP Router or switch. It includes Hellos, Link State Updates (LSUs),
and Link State Acknowledgements (LSAs).
No. of invalid cmds
received
The number of invalid commands received from the neighbor MP
Router or switch. Typically, these are commands with an FSPF
version number later than the one running on the local MP Router
or switch.
No. of hello received
The number of Hello frames received from the neighbor MP Router
or switch.
No. of LSUs received
The number of LSUs received from the neighbor MP Router or
switch.
No. of LSAs received
The number of LSAs received from the neighbor MP Router or
switch.
No. of Hellos xmit
attempted
The number of attempted transmissions of Hello frames to the
neighbor MP Router or switch.
No. of Hellos
transmitted
The number of Hello frames transmitted to the neighbor MP Router
or switch.
No. of LSUs transmit
attempted
The number of attempted transmissions of LSUs to the neighbor MP
Router or switch.
No. of LSUs transmitted
The number of LSUs transmitted to the neighbor MP Router or
switch.
No. of LSAs transmit
attempted
The number of attempted transmissions of LSAs to the neighbor MP
Router or switch.
No. of LSAs transmitted
The number of LSAs transmitted to the neighbor MP Router or
switch.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
port
Specifies the port number.
Examples
To display FSPF interface information for port 1:
switch:admin> interfaceshow 1
Interface 1 data structure:
LocalPortId
= 1
defaultCost
= 500
cost
= 500
delay
= 1
upCount
= 1
lastUpTime
= Tue Jul
downCount
= 0
lastDownTime
= 0
(continued on next page)
124 XPath OS CLI commands
6 17:28:51 UTC 2004
Neighbor 1 data structure:
state
= NB_ST_FULL
lastTransition
= Tue Jul
nghbId
= 1
remPort
= 1
nflags
= 3
initCount
= 1
lastInit
= Tue Jul
inactivity time out value
= 80
hello time out value
= 20
rXmit time out value
= 5
No. of commands accepted
= 268
No. of invalid cmds received
= 0
No. of hello received
= 258
No. of LSUs received
= 5
No. of LSAs received
= 5
No. of Hellos xmit attempted
= 258
No. of Hellos transmitted
= 258
No. of LSUs transmit attempted
= 4
No. of LSUs transmitted
= 4
No. of LSAs transmit attempted
= 5
No. of LSAs transmitted
= 5
6 17:28:51 UTC 2004
6 17:28:51 UTC 2004
See also
linkCost
nbrStateShow
portShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 125
iodReset
Turns off the in-order delivery option.
Synopsis
iodreset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to allow out-of-order delivery of frames during fabric topology changes.
This is the default behavior, because it allows fast rerouting after a fabric topology change.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn off the in-order delivery option:
switch:admin> iodreset
in-order delivery option cleared.
See also
dlsReset
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
trunkReset
trunkSet
trunkShow
126 XPath OS CLI commands
iodSet
Turns on the in-order delivery option.
Synopsis
iodset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enforce in-order delivery of frames during fabric topology changes.
In a stable fabric, frames are always delivered in order, even when the traffic between MP Routers is
shared among multiple paths. However, when a topology change occurs in the fabric (for instance, a link
goes down), traffic is rerouted around the failure. In general, it is possible that a frame, queued behind a
congested link, will be delivered after a frame that was transmitted later but is now taking the new path.
This command ensures that frames are delivered in order, even during fabric topology changes.
The default behavior is for the in-order delivery option to be off.
This command should be used with care, because it causes a delay in the establishment of a new path
when a topology change occurs. This command should be used only if there are devices connected to the
fabric that do not tolerate occasional out-of-order delivery of frames.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn on the in-order delivery option:
switch:admin> iodset
in-order delivery option set.
See also
dlsReset
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodShow
trunkReset
trunkSet
trunkShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 127
iodShow
Displays the state of the in-order delivery option.
Synopsis
iodshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to determine whether in-order delivery during topology changes is on or off.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the state of the in-order delivery option:
switch:admin> iodshow
IOD is not set
See also
iodReset
iodSet
128 XPath OS CLI commands
ipaddrSet
Sets the IP configuration for an Ethernet management interface.
Synopsis
ipaddrset mgmtPortNum -i ipAddress -n netMask -g gateway
-a action [-s] [-r]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the IP configuration for an Ethernet management interface.
Operands
The following operands are required:
mgmtPortNum
Selects one of the two management Ethernet interfaces available
on the front panel.
-i ipAddress
Specifies an Ethernet management port number of 1 or 2.
-n netMask
Sets the netmask, in the standard aa.bb.cc.dd format.
-g gateway
Sets the gateway, in the standard aa.bb.cc.dd format.
-a action
Specifies whether the change takes effect immediately (cfgnow)
or after the next reboot (cfgafterreboot).
The following operands are optional:
-s
Specifies whether to set the MP Router virtual IP address and
netmask to the same as the new IP address and netmask.
-r
Specifies whether to reset the IP configuration of the
management interface. The -r operand is applicable to
management interface 2 only.
NOTE: If the secondary management interface is not used, the virtual management IP configuration
changes along with the primary IP configuration.
Examples
To set IP address 192.168.10.1, netmask 255.255.255.0, and gateway 192.168.10.2 of management
interface 1:
switch:admin> ipaddrset 1 -i 192.168.10.1 -n 255.255.255.0 -g 192.168.10.2 -a cfgnow
To set the IP address 192.168.10.1, netmask 255.255.255.0, and gateway 192.168.10.2 of
management interface 1, and set the MP Router virtual IP address and netmask:
switch:admin> ipaddrset 1 -i 192.168.10.1 -n 255.255.255.0 -g 192.168.10.2 -a cfgnow -s
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 129
To reset IP configuration of management interface 2 to factory defaults:
switch:admin> ipaddrset 2 -r -a cfgafterreboot
See also
ipaddrShow
svipAddrSet
svipAddrShow
130 XPath OS CLI commands
ipaddrShow
Displays the Ethernet management interface IP configuration.
Synopsis
ipaddrshow [mgmtPortNum]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the IP configuration for one or all Ethernet management interfaces.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
mgmtPortNum
Specifies the management Ethernet port number.
Examples
To display the IP configuration of Ethernet management interface 1:
switch:admin> ipaddrshow 1
MGMT 1
Configuration
Current
IP Address
10.33.58.20
10.33.58.20
Net Mask
255.255.224.0
255.255.224.0
Gateway
10.33.48.1
10.33.48.1
To display the IP configuration of all Ethernet interfaces:
switch:admin> ipaddrshow
MGMT 1
Configuration
Current
IP Address
10.33.58.20
10.33.58.20
Net Mask
255.255.224.0
255.255.224.0
Gateway
10.33.48.1
10.33.48.1
MGMT 2
Configuration
Current
IP Address
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Net Mask
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Gateway
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
See also
ipaddrSet
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 131
iscsiAuthCfg
Displays and configures the iSCSI authentication database.
Synopsis
iscsiauthcfg [-i iSCSI_IQN -c iSCSI_CHAP_Secret] [-d iSCSI_IQN
[-c iSCSI_CHAP_Secret]]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display and configure the iSCSI authentication database. To display the database,
execute iscsiAuthCfg without operands. If the same iSCSI qualified name (IQN) maps to two different
CHAP secrets, the status of the entry is displayed as Conflict. Use -d to delete the CHAP secret from a
known IQN. Use -i and -c to set a CHAP secret for a known IQN.
Use the ifcsShow command to query the iFCS status.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-i and -c
Sets a CHAP secret for an IQN.
-d
Deletes the CHAP secret from an IQN. This operand can be used
only on the IP storage fabric configuration server (iFCS) primary
MP Router if iFCS is enabled.
Examples
To add a CHAP secret for an IQN (iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207):
switch:admin> iscsiauthcfg -i iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207 -c abcdefg123
Create [iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207, abcdefg123] successful.
To display CHAP secrets:
switch:admin> iscsiauthcfg
Index
iSCSI Name
iSCSI CHAP
Status
1
iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
**********
Normal
To delete a CHAP secret for an IQN (iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207):
switch:admin> iscsiauthcfg -d iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
Delete [iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207] successful.
See also
ifcsShow
iscsiWwnAlloc
132 XPath OS CLI commands
iscsiFailoverAdd
Adds a failover world wide name (WWN) for the local MP Router.
Synopsis
iscsifailoveradd failover-switch-wwn
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to add a failover MP Router. The IP storage fabric configuration server (iFCS) function
must be enabled so that the high availability (HA) function works appropriately.
Operands
The following operand is required:
failover-switch-wwn
Specifies the WWN of the failover MP Router.
Examples
To add a failover MP Router whose WWN is 10:00:00:05:1e:13:36:00:
switch:admin> iscsifailoveradd 10:00:00:05:1e:13:36:00
The failover switch is added
See also
ifcsDisable
ifcsEnable
ifcsShow
iscsiFailoverDelete
iscsiShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 133
iscsiFailoverDelete
Deletes a previously configured failover MP Router.
Synopsis
iscsifailoverdelete
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove a previously configured failover MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To remove a previously configured failover MP Router:
switch:admin> iscsifailoverdelete
The failover switch is deleted
See also
iscsiFailoverAdd
iscsiShow
134 XPath OS CLI commands
iscsiPortShow
Displays iSCSI sessions and port counters on the specified portal.
Synopsis
iscsiportshow port [-r]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all the iSCSI sessions in the system and the counters of an iSCSI port.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
port
Identifies the port. (required)
-r
Resets the counter. (optional)
Examples
To display information about iSCSI port 12:
switch:admin> iscsiportshow 12
Total # active iSCSI session: 1
Session # 1:
Session ID
: 0x40 00 01 37 00 9b
Initiator
: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:isi154110 at 192.168.250.110
Initiator DAP
: 0x640700
Target
: iqn.2002-12.com.brocade:21000004cf20ab8a
Target DAP
: 0x6408ce
TSID
: 0x705
Port statistics:
iSCSI In PDU
: 20
iSCSI In Octet
: 976
iSCSI Out PDU
: 37
iSCSI Out Octet : 63967
FC In PDU
: 35
FC In Octet
: 4008
FC Out PDU
: 18
FC Out Octet
: 0
iSCSI Cmd
: 18
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 135
iSCSI Data Out
: 0
iSCSI Data In
: 17
FC R2T
: 0
FC RSP
: 18
iSCSI Error PDU : 0
FC Error PDU
: 0
iSCSI SNACK
: 0
iSCSI NOP OUT
: 0
iSCSI Text
: 1
iSCSI Logout
: 1
iSCSI Abort Tsk : 0
iSCSI Task Mgmt : 0
See also
portCfgGige
portShow
136 XPath OS CLI commands
iscsiShow
Displays an overview of the iSCSI status on the MP Router.
Synopsis
iscsishow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display an overview of the iSCSI status on the MP Router. The display includes the
number of each of the following:
• MP Router portals that are currently iSCSI portals
• iSCSI sessions across all those portals
• iSCSI initiators currently in session with the FC storage
• FC targets that are currently used by all the initiators across all the portals
Also, it provides a count of errors and other HA configuration parameters. The HA MP Router is indicated
if it is in fabric.
Operands
none
Examples
To display information about iSCSI status on the MP Router:
switch:admin> iscsishow
IFCS Status:
PRIMARY
IP Address of Primary:
10.32.154.18
WWN of HA Switch:
(in the fabric)
10:00:00:05:1e:15:a9:00
Number of iSCSI Portals:
1
Number of iSCSI Target Nodes:
5
Number of iSCSI Initiator Nodes:
20
Number of iSCSI Login Failures:
2
Number of iSCSI Authentication Failures:
7
Number of iSCSI Session Aborts:
1
See also
iscsiPortShow
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 137
iscsiWwnAlloc
Displays and configures the IQN-to-WWN mapping database.
Synopsis
iscsiwwnalloc [-i iSCSI_IQN [-n node_WWN -p port_WWN]]
[-d iSCSI_IQN [-n node_WWN]] [-v]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display and configure the IQN-to-WWN mapping database. To display the
database, execute iscsiWwnAlloc without operands. If the same IQN maps to two different node
WWNs, the status of the entry is displayed as Conflict. If the same initiator has both IQN and IP
addresses mapping to two different node WWNs, the entry status displays as Multiple.
Attempts to delete a mapping fail if the iSCSI initiator is currently registered with the Name Server. Use -f
to delete the mapping entry irrespective of the initiator’s Name Server registration status.
In an iFCS function-enabled fabric, only the primary FCS allows for manual WWN allocation and
deletion. The command fails if there are connectivity problems between the primary and secondary FCS
and if the WWN entry is associated with zoning. You must fix the connectivity problems and clean up the
zoning configuration before deleting a WWN entry.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
Preallocates a node and a port WWN for a given IQN. Both node
and port WWNs are generated dynamically.
-i
-n
Specifies a specific node WWN.
-p
Specifies a specific port WWN.
Removes an IQN-to-WWN mapping entry.
-d
-n
Specifies a specific node if there are conflicts in
the WWN mapping table.
-f
Deletes the mapping entry irrespective of the
initiator’s Name Server registration status.
Displays zoning entries associated with the IQN.
-v
Examples
To add node and port WWNs for a given IQN (iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207):
switch:admin> iscsiwwnalloc -i iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
Create iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207 successful.
138 XPath OS CLI commands
To display the IQN-to-WWN mapping database:
switch:admin> iscsiwwnalloc
1
IQN:
iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
Node WWN: 56:00:51:e1:33:60:00:02
Port WWN: 57:00:51:e1:33:60:00:02
Status: Normal
switch:admin> iscsiwwnalloc -v
1
IQN:
iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
Node WWN: 56:00:51:e1:33:60:00:02
Port WWN: 57:00:51:e1:33:60:00:02
Status: Normal (no zone configuration)
To delete the iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207 entry:
switch:admin> iscsiwwnalloc -d iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207
Delete iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:cp082207 successful.
See also
iscsiAuthCfg
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 139
licenseAdd
Adds a license key to the system.
Synopsis
licenseadd “licensekey“
Availability
admin
Description
Some features of the system and of the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products.
Without a license installed, the services will not function.
Use this command to add a license to the system. A license key is a string of approximately 16 uppercase
and lowercase letters and digits. Case is significant. The key is an encrypted form of the system WWN
and the products licensed to run on this system.
The license key must be entered into the system exactly as issued. If entered incorrectly, the license key
might be accepted, but licensed products will not function. After entering the license key, use the
licenseShow command to check for correct function. If no licensed products are displayed, the license
key is invalid.
After entering a valid license key, the licensed product is available immediately; you do not need to reboot
the system.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“licensekey”
Specify the license key, with or without quotation marks.
Examples
To add a license to the system:
switch:admin> licenseadd "bQebzbRdScRfc0iK"
License key bQebzbRdScRfc0iK added
See also
licenseRemove
licenseShow
140 XPath OS CLI commands
licenseRemove
Removes a license from this system.
Synopsis
licenseremove “licensekey”
Availability
admin
Description
Some features of the system and of the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products.
Without a license, the services will not function.
Use this command to remove an existing license key from the system. The existing license key must be
entered as an operand exactly as shown by licenseShow, including case.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“licensekey”
Specify the license key, in quotation marks.
Examples
To remove a license from the system:
switch:admin> licenseremove "bQebzbRdScRfc0iK"
removing license key "bQebzbRdScRfc0iK"
See also
licenseAdd
licenseShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 141
licenseShow
Displays installed licenses.
Synopsis
licenseshow
Availability
all users
Description
Some features of the system and of the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products.
Without a license, the products will not function.
Use this command to display the current, installed licenses and a list of the licensed products that are
enabled by these license keys.
A license key is a string of approximately 16 uppercase and lowercase letters and digits. Case is
significant. The key is an encrypted form of the system WWN and the products licensed to run on this
system.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the current licenses:
switch:admin> licenseshow
License Key: yzSyyeQySz0TzzF
Web
License Key: R9SbzQyczcSATc0u
Zoning
License Key: SzcS9yReyyT0dTAM
Base switch license
License Key: ReyQScc9czafzRT1
Trunking
License Key: ReyQScc9czSnzRT1
FCIP
License Key: ReyQScc9czSf1RTv
Fibre Channel Routing Services
License Key: ReyQScc9czSvzRT9
Ports on Demand - enable all 16 ports
142 XPath OS CLI commands
See also
licenseAdd
licenseRemove
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 143
linkCost
Displays or sets the configured port link cost.
Synopsis
linkcost port [linkcost]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the cost of an interswitch link (ISL). The cost of a link is a dimensionless
positive number. It is used by the FSPF path selection protocol to determine the least-costly path for a frame
from the source to the destination MP Router or switch. The cost of a path is the sum of the costs of all the
ISLs traversed by that path, also known as the metric.
FSPF supports load sharing over a number of equal-cost paths.
Every ISL has a default cost that is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the Gb/s ISL. For a 1-Gb/s
ISL, the link cost is 1,000; for a 2-Gb/s ISL, the link cost is 500.
Operands
Without operands, this command displays the actual link cost of all the links. All currently active ISLs have
an additional suffix of E_Port attached to their interface numbers. If the link has a static cost assigned to
it, the link cost for that link has a suffix of STATIC.
With one operand (port), this command displays the actual cost of a specific link. With the two
operands (port and linkcost), it sets the cost of a specific link. Setting the cost to 0 removes a static
cost from the database and reverts to the current operational port link cost.
Examples
To display the fixed link cost of port 3:
switch:admin> linkcost 3
port 3 linkcost is: 1000 (STATIC)
To set the link cost of port 5 to the default:
switch:admin> linkcost 5 0
port
1 linkcost is set to: AUTO
144 XPath OS CLI commands
To display the link cost of all ports:
switch:admin> linkcost
Interface
Cost
---------------------0
500
1
2000(STATIC)
2
500
3
500
4 (VE_PORT) 4000
5
500
6 (ISCSI)
N/A
7
500
8
500
9
500
10
500
11 (VE_PORT) 1800(STATIC)
12
500
13
500
14
500
15
500
To set the link cost of port 1 to 1000:
switch:admin> linkcost 1 1000
port 1 linkcost is set to: 1000
To set the link cost of ports 6 through 8 to 2000:
switch:admin> linkcost 6-8 2000
port 6 linkcost is set to: 2000
port 7 linkcost is set to: 2000
port 8 linkcost is set to: 2000
See also
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 145
lsanZoneShow
Displays LSAN zone information.
Synopsis
lsanzoneshow [-s ] [-f fabricID] [-w wwn] [-z zonename]
Availability
all users
Description
This command displays the LSAN zones. The LSAN zones are normal WWN zones created in MP Router
EX_Port-connected edge fabrics. The LSAN zones are identified by the case-insensitive text string “LSAN_”
in the zone name and contain only port WWNs. The MP Router uses these zones to establish the
interfabric device sharing policy. The LSAN zones are established by zoning administration in each
EX_Port-attached edge fabric. Interfabric device sharing is allowed between two or more devices if the
LSAN zones defined in their respective edge fabrics both allow the two devices to communicate (such that
the intersection of LSAN zones in two edge fabrics define the interfabric device sharing policy).
The LSAN zones are listed by fabric. LSAN zone membership information (information about the devices in
the LSAN zone) is provided for each LSAN zone. The default output displays only port world wide names
of the LSAN zone members.
The message No LSAN zone found is displayed if there is no LSAN zone information available at this
MP Router.
Each LSAN zone entry displays the following output:
Fabric ID
The fabric on which the LSAN zone has been created.
Zone Name
The zone name.
A list of zone members
The zone members or devices. The default output displays the
WWN of the zone members.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-s
Displays state information for the device. Valid states include:
Exist
Device exists in this fabric (the fabric of the
LSAN zone entry).
Imported
Device has been imported (proxy created) into
this fabric.
Configured
Device is configured to be in an LSAN, but the
device is not imported and does not exist in this
fabric.
-f fabricID
Specifies a search parameter that returns LSAN zones for the
specified fabric.
-w wwn
Specifies a search parameter that displays LSAN zones containing
the specified port WWN.
-z zonename
Specifies a search parameter that displays LSAN zones with the
specified zone name.
146 XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
To display the LSAN zones:
switch:admin> lsanzoneshow
Fabric ID: 4 Zone Name: lsan_fcr10_0
50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83
50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68
21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55
Fabric ID: 5 Zone Name: lsan_fcr11_0
10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68
21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55
50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83
50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e
See also
fcrFabricShow
fcrPhyDevShow
fcrProxyDevShow
fcrRouteShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 147
lsdbShow
Displays the FSPF Link State Database.
Synopsis
lsdbshow [domain_number]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a Link State Database Record for either one or all the MP Routers or switches
in the fabric.
The MP Router connects to the fabric when two data structures are involved: the Link State Database Entry
and a Link State Record (LSR). The LSR for domain n describes all the links that the MP Router with domain
number n has with all its neighbor routers or switches. For a link to be reported in the LSR, the neighbor for
that link must be the NB_ST_FULL state.
This command displays the content of both data structures, if the LSR is present, as follows:
Domain
The domain number described by this LSR.
Timers Running
Number of timers running.
flags
Internal variable.
numLSAsPending
Number of link state acknowledgements pending.
floodlist
The ports on which the LSAs are expected.
Link Record type
Switch Link Record or AR Summary Record type.
Age of this record
in seconds
The age, in seconds, of this LSR. An LSR is removed from the
database when its age exceeds 3,600 seconds.
Domain id of switch
owning this record
Domain id of the
switch advertising
the LSR
LSIncarnationNum
The incarnation number of this LSR.
checksum
The checksum of the whole LSR, except the lsAge field.
LSRLength
The total length (in bytes) of this LSR. The length includes the
header and the link state information for all the links.
Num Links
The number of links to the domain.
LinkId
The ID of this link. The ID is the domain number of the MP Router
or switch on the other side of the link.
out port
The port number on the local MP Router.
rem port
The port number of the port on the other side of the link.
cost
The actual cost of this link.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
domain_number
148 XPath OS CLI commands
The domain number of the LSR to display.
Examples
To display the LSR owned by domain 58:
switch:admin> lsdbshow 58
Domain = 58
Timers Running = 0
flags = 0
numLSAsPending = 0
floodlist = 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Link Record type is Switch Link Record
Age of this record in seconds 3
Domain id of switch owning this record = 58
Domain id of the switch advertising the LSR = 58
LSIncarnationNum = 0x800003d0
checksum = 0x6a50
LSRLength = 44
Num Links = 1
Link Id = 71 out port = 1 rem port = 15 link cost = 500 type = 1
See also
fabricShow
interfaceShow
nbrStateShow
topologyShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 149
nbrStateShow
Displays the FSPF state of the neighbor.
Synopsis
nbrstateshow [port]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a synopsis of all the neighbors of the local MP Router or of a specific
neighbor if a parameter is supplied.
A neighbor is a switch or another MP Router that is attached directly to the local MP Router.
The following fields are displayed:
Local Domain Id
The domain number of the local MP Router.
Local Port
The E_Port (interface) on the local MP Router.
Domain
The domain number of the remote MP Router or switch.
Remote Port
The E_Port (interface) on the remote MP Router or switch.
state
The state of the neighbor. The E_Port is used to route frames only if the
neighbor is in NB_ST_FULL state.
Other possible neighbor states are:
NB_ST_DOWN
Neighbor state machine is down.
NB_ST_INIT
In Init state. Waiting for two-way hello from the neighbor.
NB_ST_DB_XCHG
In Database Exchange state. Link state record database exchange in
progress.
NB_ST_DB_ACK_WAIT
In Database Acknowledge wait state. Waiting for an acknowledgement for
the link state record database that was sent from the local MP Router. The
neighbor’s database was received already.
NB_ST_DB_WAIT
In Database Wait state. Local link state database was acknowledged by the
neighbor. Waiting for the database from the neighbor.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
port
The port on the local MP Router that connects to the neighbor
whose FSFP state is to be displayed.
Examples
To display the neighbor state of all E_Ports:
switch:admin> nbrstateshow
Local Domain Id: 100
Local-Port
Domain
Remote-Port
3
1
14
4
1
13
10
1
12
15
4
4
150 XPath OS CLI commands
state
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
To display the neighbor state of port 3:
switch:admin> nbrstateshow 3
Local Domain Id: 100
Local-Port
Domain
Remote-Port
3
1
14
state
NB_ST_FULL
See also
fabricShow
interfaceShow
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 151
nbrStatsClear
Resets FSPF interface counters.
Synopsis
nbrstatsclear [port-num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to reset the counters of all the different FSPF frames transmitted and received on an
interface on the MP Router.
Without parameters, this command resets the counters on all the interfaces.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
port-num
The port number of the interface whose counters are to be reset.
Examples
To clear the neighbor counter on all E_Ports:
switch:admin> nbrstatsclear
NBR Stats Cleared
To clear the neighbor counter on port 3:
switch:admin> nbrstatsclear 3
NBR Stats Cleared
See also
interfaceShow
nbrStateShow
switchShow
152 XPath OS CLI commands
nsAllShow
Displays global Name Server information.
Synopsis
nsallshow [–v]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the 24-bit Fibre Channel addresses of all devices for all routers or switches in
the fabric.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Verbose mode displays additional information, such as class of service,
device port World Wide Name (WWN), and device node WWN.
-v
Examples
To display all the devices in the fabric:
switch:admin> nsallshow
0d02cd
0d02ce
0d02d1
0d02d2
0d02d3
0d02d4
0d02d5
0d02dc
0d02e0
0d02e1
0d02e2
0d0600
0df000
0df001
0df002
0df003
0df004
0df005
0df006
0df007
0df008
0df009
0df00a
0df00b
0df00c
0df00d
0df00e
0df00f
28 Nx_Port devices present in the fabric
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 153
To display information in verbose mode (-v):
switch:admin> nsallshow -v
Type
Pid
COS
Port WWN
NL
0d02cd
3
22:00:00:04:cf:20:54:ad 20:00:00:04:cf:20:54:ad
NL
0d02ce
3
22:00:00:04:cf:27:12:29 20:00:00:04:cf:27:12:29
NL
0d02d1
3
22:00:00:04:cf:22:ea:1d 20:00:00:04:cf:22:ea:1d
NL
0d02d2
3
22:00:00:04:cf:22:ea:10 20:00:00:04:cf:22:ea:10
NL
0d02d3
3
22:00:00:04:cf:22:ec:cb 20:00:00:04:cf:22:ec:cb
NL
0d02d4
3
22:00:00:04:cf:22:ef:b9 20:00:00:04:cf:22:ef:b9
NL
0d02d5
3
22:00:00:04:cf:27:10:d0 20:00:00:04:cf:27:10:d0
NL
0d02dc
3
22:00:00:04:cf:1b:ce:c3 20:00:00:04:cf:1b:ce:c3
NL
0d02e0
3
22:00:00:04:cf:1b:c1:3e 20:00:00:04:cf:1b:c1:3e
NL
0d02e1
3
22:00:00:04:cf:1b:c5:52 20:00:00:04:cf:1b:c5:52
NL
0d02e2
3
22:00:00:04:cf:1b:c5:38 20:00:00:04:cf:1b:c5:38
N
0d0600
3
21:00:00:e0:8b:08:f7:81 20:00:00:e0:8b:08:f7:81
N
0df000
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:00 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df001
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:01 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df002
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:02 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df003
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:03 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df004
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:04 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df005
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:05 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df006
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:06 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df007
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:07 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df008
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:08 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df009
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:09 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00a
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0a 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00b
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0b 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00c
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0c 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00d
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0d 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00e
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0e 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
N
0df00f
3
50:00:51:e1:32:60:01:0f 50:00:51:e1:32:60:00:00
28 Nx_Port devices present in the fabric
See also
nsShow
switchShow
154 XPath OS CLI commands
Node WWN
nsShow
Displays local Name Server information.
Synopsis
nsshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display local Name Server information and information about devices connected to
this MP Router. The nsAllShow command displays information from all MP Routers or switches.
The message No entries in name server is displayed if there is no information for this MP Router;
however, there still might be devices connected to other MP Routers or switches in the fabric. Each line of
output displays the following information:
Type
U
Unknown type of device.
N
N_Port type of device.
NL
NL_Port type of device.
Pid
The 24-bit Fibre Channel address.
COS
A list of classes of service supported by the device.
PortName
The world wide name of the device port.
NodeName
The world wide name of the device node. There might be
additional lines if the device has registered any of the following
information (the MP Router automatically registers SCSI inquiry
data for Fibre Channel Protocol [FCP] target devices): FC4s
supported, port and node symbolic names, fabric port name,
and hard address.
Operands
none
Examples
To display all the local devices attached to the MP Router:
switch:admin> nsshow
{
Type Pid
NL
COS
020d2c;
PortName
NodeName
3;21:00:00:04:cf:20:a4:04;20:00:00:04:cf:20:a4:04
FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC
0002]
Fabric Port Name: 20:0d:00:05:1e:12:ca:00
NL
020d2d;
3;21:00:00:04:cf:27:21:3f;20:00:00:04:cf:27:21:3f
FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC
0002]
Fabric Port Name: 20:0d:00:05:1e:12:ca:00
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 155
NL
020d2e;
3;21:00:00:04:cf:20:60:aa;20:00:00:04:cf:20:60:aa
FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC
0002]
Fabric Port Name: 20:0d:00:05:1e:12:ca:00
NL
020d31;
3;21:00:00:04:cf:20:65:cb;20:00:00:04:cf:20:65:cb
FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC
0002]
Fabric Port Name: 20:0d:00:05:1e:12:ca:00
The Local Name Server has 4 entries }
See also
nsAllShow
switchShow
156 XPath OS CLI commands
passwd
Changes a user’s password.
Synopsis
passwd [-u userName]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to change a password.
When changing a password, you are prompted to enter the old password and the new password, and
then you are prompted to confirm the new password.
An admin user can reset other users’ passwords to the default password—password—by using the
-u operand.
The maximum length of a password is eight characters.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
-u userName
Specifies a user name; available only for an admin user.
Examples
To change admin123’s password after logging in as admin123:
switch:admin> passwd
Old password:
New password:
Retyped new password:
The password is changed.
To reset user123’s password after logging in as admin:
switch:admin> passwd -u user123
The password is changed.
See also
userAdd
userDel
userShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 157
pdShow
Displays data from a panic dump file.
Synopsis
pdshow
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display data from a panic dump file. The panic dump file contains information that
might be useful to determine the cause of a system panic.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the panic dump file of the MP Router:
switch:admin> pdshow
See also
diagUpload
158 XPath OS CLI commands
ping
Sends Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO_REQUEST packets to network hosts.
Synopsis
ping [-adfnoqrvDPQRL] [-c count] [-E policy] [-g gateway] [-i interval]
[-I ifaddr] [-l preload] [-p pattern] [-s packetsize] [-t tos] [-T ttl]
[-w maxwait] host
Description
Use this command to apply the two IP management ports in the system. For ping functionality on individual
ports that are configured for IP instead of Fibre Channel, see the rnPing command.
This command uses the ICMP protocol’s mandatory ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP
ECHO_RESPONSE from a host or gateway. ECHO_REQUEST datagrams (pings) have an IP and ICMP
header, followed by a structtimeval and then an arbitrary number of pad bytes used to fill out the packet.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-a
Emits an audible beep (by sending an ASCII BEL character to the
standard error output) after each unique response is received. This is
disabled for flood pings, as it might cause temporary delays.
-c
Stops after sending (and waiting the specified delay to receive) count
ECHO_RESPONSE packets.
-d
Sets the SO_DEBUG option on the socket being used.
-D
Sets the DoNotFragmentbit option in the IP header. This can be used
to determine the path MTU.
-E
Uses IPsec policy specification string policy for packets. For the format of
the specification string, see ipsec_set_policy 3. Note that this
option is the same as -P in KAME/FreeBSD and KAME/BSDI. -P was
already occupied in NetBSD.
-f
Floods ping. Outputs packets either as fast as they come back or 100
times per second, whichever is faster. For every ECHO_REQUEST sent, a
period (.) is printed, while for every ECHO_REPLY received, a backspace
is printed. This option provides a rapid display of how many packets are
being dropped. Only the superuser can use this option.
NOTE: This option can be very hard on a network and should be used
with caution.
-g
Uses Loose Source Routing to send the ECHO_REQUEST packets through
gateway.
-i
Waits interval seconds between sending each packet. The default is
to wait for 1 second between each packet; when the -f operand is used,
the wait interval is 0.01 second.
-I
Sends multicast datagrams on the network interface specified by the
interface host name or IP address.
-h
An alternate way of specifying the target host instead of as the last
argument.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 159
-l
If preload is specified, ping sends the packets as fast as possible
before returning to its normal behavior. Only a superuser can use this
option.
-L
Disables loopback when sending to multicast destinations so that the
transmitting host does not see the ICMP requests.
-n
Numeric output only. No attempt is made to look up symbolic names for
host addresses.
-o
Exits successfully after receiving one reply packet.
-p
The pattern operand allows you to specify up to 16 pad bytes to fill
out the packet you send. This is useful for diagnosing data-dependent
problems in a network. For example, -p causes the sent packet to be
filled with 1’s.
-P
Use a pseudo-random sequence for the data instead of the default, fixed
sequence of incrementing 8-bit integers. This is useful to obstruct
compression on Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and other links.
-q
Quiet output. Nothing is displayed except the summary lines displayed at
startup time and when finished.
-Q
Do not display responses such as Network Unreachable ICMP messages
concerning the ECHO_REQUESTs sent.
-r
Bypass the normal routing tables and send directly to a host on an
attached network. If the host is not on a direct-attached network, an error
is returned. This option can be used to ping a local host through an
interface that has no route through it.
-R
Record route. Includes the RECORD_ROUTE option in the
ECHO_REQUEST packet and displays the route buffer on returned
packets. Note that the IP header is large enough for only eight such
routes (only six when using the -g option). Many hosts ignore or discard
this option.
-s
The packetsize operand specifies the number of data bytes to be sent.
The default is 56, which translates into 64 ICMP data bytes when
combined with the 8 bytes of ICMP header data. The maximum allowed
value is 65,468 bytes.
-T
The ttl operand allows you to use the specified time-to-live value.
-t
The tos allows you to use the specified hexadecimal type of service.
-v
Verbose output. Received ICMP packets other than ECHO_RESPONSE
are listed.
-w
The maxwait operand specifies the number of seconds to wait for a
response to a packet before transmitting the next one. The default is
10.0.
When you use ping to isolate faults, run it first on the local host to verify that the local network interface is
up and running. Subsequently, you can ping hosts and gateways further and further away.
Round-trip times and packet loss statistics are computed. If duplicate packets are received, they are not
included in the packet loss calculation, although the round-trip time of these packets is used to calculate
the minimum/average/maximum round-trip time numbers.
When the specified number of packets have been sent (and received) or if the program is terminated with
a SIGINT, a brief summary is displayed. The summary information can be displayed while ping is
running by sending a SIGINFO signal (see the status argument for stty 1 for more information).
ping continually sends one datagram per second, printing one line of output for every ECHO_RESPONSE
returned. On a trusted system with IP security options enabled, if the network idiom is not MONO, ping
also prints a second line containing the hexadecimal representation of the IP security option in the
ECHO_RESPONSE. If the -c count option is given, only that number of requests is sent. No output is
160 XPath OS CLI commands
produced if there is no response. When not using the -f (flood) option, the first interrupt, usually
generated by Ctrl-C or Delete, causes ping to wait for its outstanding requests to return. It will wait no
longer than the longest round-trip time encountered by previous, successful pings. The second interrupt
stops ping immediately.
This command is intended for use in network testing, measurement, and management. Because of the load
it can impose on the network, it is unwise to use ping during normal operations or from automated
scripts.
ICMP packet details
An IP header without options is 20 bytes. An ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packet contains an additional 8
bytes worth of ICMP header, followed by an arbitrary amount of data. When packetsize is specified,
this indicates the size of this extra piece of data (the default is 56). Thus, the amount of data received
inside of an IP packet of type ICMP ECHO_REPLY is always 8 bytes more than the requested data space
(the ICMP header).
If the data space is at least 8 bytes large, ping uses the first 8 bytes of this space to include a time stamp
to compute round-trip times. If less than 8 bytes of pad are specified, no round-trip times are given.
Duplicate and damaged packets
ping reports duplicate and damaged packets. Duplicate packets should not occur; when they do, they
are often caused by inappropriate link-level retransmissions.
Damaged packets are cause for alarm and often indicate broken hardware somewhere in the ping
packet path (in the network or in the hosts).
Trying different data patterns
The (inter)network layer should never treat packets differently based on the data contained in the data
portion. Unfortunately, data-dependent problems have been known to occur in networks and remain
undetected for long periods of time. Patterns that have problems often do not have sufficient transitions,
such as a pattern of all ones or all zeroes, or of nearly all ones or zeroes. It is not necessarily enough to
specify a data pattern of all zeroes, for example, on the command line, because the pattern that is of
interest is at the data link level, and the relationship between what you type and what the controllers
transmit can be complicated.
This means that if you have a data-dependent problem, you will probably have to do a lot of testing to find
it. You might find a file that either cannot be sent across your network or that takes much longer to transfer
than other similar-length files. You can then examine this file for repeated patterns that you can test using
the -p option of ping.
See also
rnPing
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 161
pkiShow
Displays existing private key infrastructure (PKI) objects.
Synopsis
pkishow -p port
pkishow -s
pkishow -a
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the existence of PKI objects, such as switch private key, private key
passphrase, CSR, root certificate, and switch certificate.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-a
Displays keys for all the ports.
-p
Specifies the port number to display specific port keys.
-s
Displays keys for the switch entity.
Examples
To display the keys on port 0:
switch:admin> pkishow -p 0
Keys for port 0:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
To display the keys for the switch entity:
switch:admin> pkishow -s
Keys for Switch
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
162 XPath OS CLI commands
To display all the keys installed on the switch:
switch:admin> pkishow -a
Keys for port 0:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 1:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 2:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 3:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 4:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 5:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
Keys for port 6:
Private Key
: Exist
CSR
: Exist
Certificate
: Empty
Root Certificate: Exist
(output truncated)
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 163
portCfgDefault
Restore the port configuration to the defaults.
Synopsis
portcfgdefault port
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to reset any special configuration values on a port to their factory defaults. The default
configuration of the port takes effect using the portStart or reboot commands. After running the
portCfgDefault command, you need to enable the port using the portEnable command, because the
port is disabled by default.
Operands
This command has the following operand:
port
Specifies the port.
Examples
To set port 7 to factory defaults:
switch:admin> portcfgdefault 7
portcfgdefault is set on port
To set ports 14 and 15 to factory defaults:
switch:admin> portcfgdefault 14-15
portcfgdefault is set on port 14
portcfgdefault is set on port 15
See also
portEnable
portShow
portStart
portStop
164 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgEPort
Displays or sets the port to E_Port mode.
Synopsis
portcfgeport port [1 | 0]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command either to set the port to E_Port mode or to prevent setting the port to E_Port mode. If no
parameter is given, the command displays the current mode. If the parameter is given, it enables or
disables E_Port mode.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
port
Identifies the port
E_Port mode parameters:
1
Enable
2
Disable
Examples
To display the configured E_Port mode of port 3:
switch:admin> portcfgeport 3
port 3 E_Port mode is: ENABLED
To enable E_Port mode for port 2:
switch:admin> portcfgeport 2 1
port 2 E_Port mode is: ENABLED
To display the configured E_Port mode of ports 3 through 5:
switch:admin>
port 3 E_Port
port 4 E_port
port 5 E_Port
portcfgeport 3-5
mode is: ENABLED
mode is: ENABLED
mode is: ENABLED
See also
linkCost
portCfgSpeed
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 165
portCfgEXPort
Sets a port as an EX_Port and sets and displays EX_Port configuration parameters.
Synopsis
portcfgexport port [-a admin] [-f fabricid] [-r ratov]
[-e edtov] [-d domainid] [-p pidformat] [-t auto_negotiate_ELP]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to configure an EX_Port.
This command also displays or changes the EX_Port configuration. If no optional parameter is given, this
command displays the currently configured values; otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to its new
value. The port must be stopped (for example, using the portStop command) prior to setting EX_Port
attributes. The port must be started (for example, using the portStart command) before it can become
active following EX_Port parameter changes.
When the port is not active, the preferred domain ID is settable. This is the domain ID that is used by the
EX_Port's front phantom domain to request a domain ID from the principal switch. The domain ID received
becomes the subsequent preferred domain ID and is the domain ID that is persisted and displayed.
When a port changes from an FL_Port to an EX_Port, the topology implicitly changes to point-to-point.
The output display includes:
Front domain WWN displays the WWN of the front domain. If the port is enabled and state is "OK", the
edge fabric principal switch's domain ID and WWN also are displayed.
Enable or disable Fabric Parameters using the -t operand. Use this attribute to autonegotiate the values of
R_A_TOV, E_D_TOV, and PID format. If the Fabric Parameters attribute value is autonegotiate, the
R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values display the negotiated values, indicated by an N next to the value. The
negotiated values are specified by the edge switch in the ELP request. If the Fabric Parameter attribute
value is User Configured, the actual configured values are displayed. In such a case, the configured values
of the EX_Port must match that of the edge switch, or else the port is disabled. The default configuration for
Fabric Parameter is autonegotiate on all EX_Ports.
If the State is Not OK, R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV display N/A (not applicable).
The security attributes of the EX_Port also are displayed. If the EX_Port is connected to an edge switch
without security, the information displays Not Applicable. The Authentication type of None indicates there
is no authentication on the port. The remaining security attributes, DH Group, Hash Algorithm, and so
forth, are set to Not Applicable.
If the edge switch is in secure mode, and assuming the DH-CHAP passwords are configured on both the
router and edge switch, the security attributes are displayed as follows:
Authentication Type
DH Group
Hash Algorithm
Edge fabric's primary
WWN
WWN of the primary FCS switch in the secure edge fabric that is
connected to this EX_Port. Possible values for this field include:
"WWN of the Primary FCS: The WWN of the primary FCS when
the edge fabric is secure and the primary FCS is online.
166 XPath OS CLI commands
"No Primary: Indicates the edge fabric is in secure mode, but there
is no primary FCS.
"N/A: The edge fabric is not in secure mode.
Edge fabric's version
stamp
Specifies the version of the security database in the fabric and all
switches must have the same, or else the port is disabled. Possible
values include:
"Version stamp string: The version stamp of the security database
represented as a string.
"N/A: The edge fabric is not in secure mode.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-a
Specify 1 to enable or 2 to disable the admin.
-f
Specify 1 to 128 for the fabric ID.
-r
Specify the R_A_TOV used for port negotiation (E_D_TOV*2 120000).
-e
Specify the E_D_TOV used for port negotiation
(1000–R_A_TOV/2).
-d
Specify 1 to 239 for the preferred domain ID.
-p
Specify 1 for core, 2 for extended edge, and 3 for native port ID
format. The port ID format is applicable only when -m is set to 0. If
the operating mode is not Brocade native, the PID format displays
as Not applicable.
-t
Specify 1 to enable or 2 to disable autonegotiate fabric
parameters.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 167
Examples
To display the EX_Port configuration of port 0:
switch:admin> portcfgexport 0
Admin:
enabled
State:
OK
Pid format:
core
Operate mode:
Brocade Native
Edge Fabric ID:
4
Front Domain ID:
160
Principal Switch:
5
Principal WWN:
10:00:00:05:1e:34:11:e5
Front domain WWN:
50:00:51:e1:62:0a:de:00
Fabric Parameters:
Auto Negotiate
R_A_TOV:
10000(N)
E_D_TOV:
2000(N)
Authentication Type: None
DH Group: N/A
Hash Algorithm: N/A
Edge fabric's primary WWN: N/A
Edge fabric's version stamp: N/A
To set the fabric ID of port 1 to 5 and the PID format to core:
switch:admin> portcfgexport 1 -f 5 -p 1
To configure port 0 to be an EX_Port and set the fabric ID to 4:
switch:admin> portcfgexport 0 -a 1 -f 4
To disable auto-ELP on port 0 of an EX_Port:
switch:admin> portcfgexport 0 -t 2
See also
portCfgSpeed
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portStart
portStop
portType
secAuthSecret
168 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgFcip
Displays or sets the FCIP port configuration.
Synopsis
portcfgfcip slot-port-range [-i ipaddress] [-a admin] [-w wwn]
[-t timeout_enforcement] [-j jumbo_support][-b bandwidth]
[-m load_balance_mode {1-, 2-, 3-none}]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the FCIP port IP configuration. If no optional parameter is given, this
command displays the currently configured value; otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to the new
value.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
slot-port-range
Identifies the slot, port, or range of ports.
This command has the following optional operands:
-i ipaddress
Sets the remote IP address.
-a admin
Activate or deactivate FCIP as follows:
1
Activate
2
Deactivate
-w wwn
Sets the remote WWN. If the remote WWN is configured, the MP
Router accepts only the incoming FCIP tunnel with the configured
WWN; it also only initiates a tunnel to the desired MP Router. If
the remote WWN is not configured, the MP Router accepts FCIP
connections from any other MP Router.
-t timeout_enforcement
Controls whether or not the FCIP link enforces packet timeouts. If
configured for timeout enforcement, each outgoing packet is
stamped with the current time. Each incoming packet uses the
received timeout to determine if the packet should be dropped.
The packet’s timestamp and the MP Router’s configured
WAN_TOV values are compared against the current time. If the
packet has been in transit for longer than the configured
WAN_TOV time period, the packet is dropped.
Enable or disable timeout enforcement as follows:
-j jumbo_support
1
Enable
2
Disable
If the network supports jumbo frames (2K max FC frame), use the
-j operand to enable jumbo support on the MP Router.
Activate or deactivate jumbo support as follows:
1
Activate
2
Deactivate
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 169
-b bandwidth
If the available bandwidth for FCIP is low, set the value (Mbit/sec)
to accomplish better bandwidth utilization. Valid values are 1 to
1000.
-m load_balance_mode
Sets the load balance mode as follows:
1
Exchange
2
SIL_DID
3
None
The default is exchange mode.
Examples
To display the FCIP configuration of port 3:
switch:admin> portcfgfcip
3
admin status
: ENABLED
ipaddress
: 1.1.3.1
wwn
: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
Link Available Bandwidth : 1000
Jumbo Support is enabled
WAN_TOV enforcement is disabled
To set the IP address of port 1 to 10.1.1.1:
switch:admin> portcfgfcip 1 -i 10.1.1.1
port 1 ipaddress is set to: 10.1.1.1
See also
linkCost
portCfgEPort
portCfgSpeed
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
170 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgGige
Displays or sets the IP configuration for a Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) port.
Synopsis
portcfggige port [-i ipaddress] [-n netmask] [-g gateway]
[-p protocol] [-v version]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to allow display of the port’s GbE configuration or to change the configuration modes
of operation. If no optional operand is given, this command displays the currently configured value;
otherwise, it sets the specified attributes to the new value.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
This command has the following optional operands:
-i ipaddress
Sets the IP address.
-n netmask
Sets the netmask.
-g gateway
Sets the default gateway for the GbE port.
-p protocol
Sets the protocol; valid values are FCIP and iSCSI.
-v version
Sets the version number of the protocol.
Examples
To display the IP configuration of port 3:
switch:admin> portcfggige 3
To set the IP address of port 2 to 10.1.1.1, netmask to 255.255.255.0, and protocol to FCIP
version 1:
switch:admin> portcfggige 2 -i 10.1.1.1 -n 255.255.255.0 -p fcip -v 1
To set the IP address of port 2 to 10.1.1.1, netmask to 255.255.255.0, and protocol to iSCSI
version 13:
switch:admin> portcfggige 2 -i 10.1.1.1 -n 255.255.255.0 -p iscsi -v 13
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 171
See also
linkCost
portCfgEPort
portCfgSpeed
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
172 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgLongDistance
Configures a port to support long-distance links.
Synopsis
portcfglongdistance port [distanceLevel]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the Fibre Channel port long-distance level. This command allows you
to allocate enough full-size frames buffers on a particular port to support a long-distance link up to
300 km.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
This command has the following optional operand:
distanceLevel
Examples
Specifies the distance level. The value of distanceLevel can be one
of the following:
L0
Specifies that the port be a regular switch port. The switch-wide
BB_Credit setting is used at these ports.
LE
Supports distances up to 10 km at both 1-Gb/s and 2-Gb/s
speeds.
L0.5
Supports distances up to 25 km at both 1-Gb/s and 2-Gb/s
speeds.
LS
Supports distances up to 300 km at both 1-Gb/s and 2-Gb/s
speeds.
To display the distance level for the configured port 7:
switch:admin> portcfglongdistance 7
port 7 distance level is L0.5
To set the distance level to L0 for port 7:
switch:admin> portcfglongdistance 7 L0
Distance level is set to L0 on port 7
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 173
See also
configShow
configure
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
174 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgSpeed
Displays or sets the configured port speed.
Synopsis
portcfgspeed port [speed]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the configured Fibre Channel port speed. If the speed operand is
given, the command sets the port to the specified new speed. If no speed operand is given, the command
displays the currently configured port speed.
The port must be disabled before the speed can be changed.
If you use this command to configure the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) port speed, the following message is
displayed:
Port speed is not configurable for GIGE ports.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
This command has the following optional operand:
speed
Specifies the speed. The value of speed can be one of the following:
0
AN (autonegotiate)
1
1 Gb/s
2
2 Gb/s
Examples
To display the configured speed of port 7:
switch:admin> portcfgspeed 7
port 7 speed is set to: AN
To set the speed of port 1 to 2 Gb/s:
switch:admin> portcfgspeed 1 2
port 1 speed is set to: 2G
To set the speed of ports 2, 3, 10, and 12 to autonegotiate:
switch:admin> portcfgspeed 2,3,10,12 0
port 2 speed is set to: AN
port 3 speed is set to: AN
port 10 speed is set to: AN
port 12 speed is set to: AN
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 175
See also
linkCost
portCfgEPort
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
176 XPath OS CLI commands
portCfgTopology
Displays or sets the configured port topology.
Synopsis
portcfgtopology port [topology]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the configured Fibre Channel port topology. If the topology
parameter is specified, the command sets the port to the specified new topology. If no parameter is
specified, the command displays the currently configured port topology.
If the port is configured as an E_Port or EX_Port, the topology is implicitly changed to point-to-point.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
This command has the following optional operand:
topology
Specifies the topology. The value of topology can be:
p
Point-to-point
Examples
To set the topology of port 1 to point-to-point:
switch:admin> portcfgtopology 1 p
port 1 topology set to: P-P
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 177
See also
portCfgEPort
portCfgSpeed
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portType
178 XPath OS CLI commands
portDiagClear
Clears the port diagnostic error.
Synopsis
portdiagclear port_list
Availability
admin
Description
If a port is marked as faulty after running a diagnostic command, another diagnostic cannot be run on the
same port (because it is already faulty). Use this command to clear that faulty condition and allow the
same or another diagnostic command to run on that port.
If you fix the fault in the port and intend to bring the port online, first run portDiagClear, followed by
portStop and then portStart, on the port.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port_list
Specifies a list of ports.
Examples
To clear diagnostic errors on ports 0, 3, and 8 through10:
switch:admin> portdiagclear 0,3,8-10
Diag result of port
0 is cleared
Diag result of port
3 is cleared
Diag result of port
8 is cleared
Diag result of port
9 is cleared
Diag result of port 10 is cleared
See also
portStart
portStop
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 179
portDiagDisable
Disables the port for diagnostics.
Synopsis
portdiagdisable port_list
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the port to normal mode if the port was in diagnostic mode. The port must be
returned to normal mode after running a diagnostic command in order to resume normal operation of that
port. After running all the selected diagnostic commands on a set of ports, all those ports should be
returned to normal mode using the portDiagDisable command.
Use the portShow command to view the current port state.
All port LEDs are off after a port is placed in diagnostic mode. If a port fails the diagnostic test, all port
LEDs are solid yellow.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port_list
Specifies a list of ports.
Examples
To set ports 0, 3, and 8 through 10 to normal mode after running diagnostics:
switch:admin> portdiagdisable 0,3,8-10
Port 0 is now in normal mode
Port 3 is now in normal mode
Port 8 is now in normal mode
Port 9 is now in normal mode
Port 10 is now in normal mode
See also
portDiagEnable
portShow
180 XPath OS CLI commands
portDiagEnable
Enables the port for diagnostics.
Synopsis
portdiagenable port_list
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to place one or more ports in diagnostic mode, so that a diagnostic command can be
run. If a diagnostic command involves multiple ports, all the ports must be enabled for diagnostics first.
After a port is enabled for diagnostics, any number of MP Router diagnostic commands can be run on that
port; however, the normal operation of the port ceases.
Diagnostic mode is nonpersistent; it is not retained if the MP Router is rebooted.
Use portShow to obtain the current port state.
Operands
This command has the following operand:
port_list
Specifies a list of ports.
Examples
To enable ports 0, 3, and 8 through 10 for diagnostics:
switch:admin> portdiagenable 0,3,8-10
See also
portDiagDisable
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 181
portDisable
Disables a port.
Synopsis
portdisable port
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable a port. You can use this command to quickly disable or stop the laser on the
port when troubleshooting a connected device. However, use the portStop command to stop the code to
a port for more involved troubleshooting or for reconfiguring the port to Fibre Channel or IP.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
Examples
To disable port 3:
switch:admin> portdisable 3
port 3 disabled
To disable ports 3 through 6:
switch:admin> portdisable 3-6
port 3 disabled
port 4 disabled
port 5 disabled
port 6 disabled
See also
portEnable
portShow
portStart
portStop
portType
switchShow
182 XPath OS CLI commands
portEnable
Enables a port.
Synopsis
portenable port
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enable a port. This command starts the port laser, unlike the portStart command,
which loads the port code.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
Examples
To enable port 3:
switch:admin> portenable 3
port 3 enabled
To enable ports 3 through 6:
switch:admin> portenable 3-6
port 3 enabled
port 4 enabled
port 5 enabled
port 6 enabled
See also
portDisable
portShow
portStart
portStop
portType
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 183
portErrShow
Displays a port error summary.
Synopsis
porterrshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display an error summary for all ports. One output line is displayed per port; error
counters are displayed in ones, thousands (the number is followed by k), millions (the number is followed
by m), or billions (the number is followed by g.) For Ethernet ports, some counters display NA, if the
counters are not applicable.
The display includes:
port type
FC for Fibre Channel; GE for Gigabit Ethernet
frames tx
Frames transmitted
frames rx
Frames received
enc in
Encoding errors inside of frames
crc err
Frames with CRC errors
too shrt
Frames that are too short
too long
Frames that are too long
bad eof
Frames with bad end-of-frame delimiters
enc out
Encoding error outside of frames
disc c3
Class 3 frames discarded
link fail
Link failures (LF1 or LF2 states)
loss sync
Loss of synchronization
loss sig
Loss of signal
frjt
Frames rejected with F_RJT
fbsy
Frames busied with F_BSY
184 XPath OS CLI commands
Examples
To display the port error summary:
FabricAP:admin> porterrshow
port
frames
enc
crc
type tx
rx
in
err
too
shrt
too
bad
long eof
enc disc link loss loss frjt
out
c3 fail sync
sig
fbsy
======================================================================================
0: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: FC 10.9k 10.9k
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
35
4
0
0
12
2: FC
9.5k 9.5k
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
45
0
6
0
3: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7: GE
278 280
NA
0
0
0
NA
NA
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15: FC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
See also
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 185
portLogClear
Clears port logs.
Synopsis
portlogclear [port_num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear port logs. If no parameter is specified, all port logs are cleared.
Clear the port log before triggering an activity you want to observe. For example, if the port log is cleared
immediately before connecting an F_Port to the MP Router, portLogShow displays activity related to the
F_Port coming online.
See portLogShow for a description of port logs.
Operands
This command has following optional operand:
port_num
Specifies the port number. Only the specified port logs are
cleared. Valid port numbers are:
0–15
External ports
16
Bridge port (an internal port)
17
Central processor (CP)
Examples
To clear the port log for port 9:
switch:admin> portlogclear 9
portlog of port 9 cleared
To clear all port logs:
switch:admin> portlogclear
All portlogs cleared
See also
portLogDisable
portLogDump
portLogEnable
portLogShow
upTime
186 XPath OS CLI commands
portLogDisable
Disables port logs.
Synopsis
portlogdisable [port_num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable port logs. If no parameter for port_num is specified, all port logs are
disabled. If port_num is specified, only the port log for that port is disabled.
See portLogShow for a description of port logs.
NOTE:
By default, the port logs are enabled.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
port_num
Specifies which ports should be disabled. Valid port numbers
are:
0–15
External ports
16
Bridge port (an internal port)
17
Central processor (CP)
Examples
To disable the port log for port 9:
switch:admin> portlogdisable 9
portlog of port 9 disabled
To disable all port logs:
switch:admin> portlogdisable
All portlogs disabled
See also
portLogClear
portLogDump
portLogEnable
portLogShow
upTime
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 187
portLogDump
Displays port logs, without page breaks.
Synopsis
portlogdump [-c count] [port_num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display all entries in the port log, without page breaks. The portLogDump
command is similar to the portLogShow command, which paginates the output. If the port log is
disabled, an error message is displayed. The actual message varies, depending on the way in which the
command is entered, as follows:
• If the command is entered with port_num specified, the message is:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for this port
• If the command is entered using a range for port_num, the message is:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for port(s)
• If the command is entered without operands, the message is:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for all ports
See portLogShow for a description of port logs.
The following fields are displayed:
Time
Date and time of the event.
Module
Name of the module that logged the event.
Event
Possible events include:
188 XPath OS CLI commands
PrtDis
Port disabled.
PrtEnab
Port enabled.
PrtStart
Port start.
PrtStop
Port stop.
PrtSCN
Port state change.
IOCTL
IOCTL execution context.
Tx
Frame transmitted.
Tx_Ack1
ACK_1 transmitted.
Rx
Frame received.
Rx_LC
Received a link control frame.
Rx_Ack1
Received ACK_1.
Ct_in
Received a CT-based request.
Ct_out
Transmitted a CT-based response.
nbr_sm
FSPF’s neighbor state machine state
transition.
RSCN
RSCN transmitted.
SWRSCN
Switch RSCN transmitted.
Debug information.
Debug
Port
Port number of the affected port.
Len
Frame length; 0 for non-frame-related log entries.
Log Info
Log record information. The log record might be in string format
(for example, in PrtSCN event) or a list of integers (for example,
Tx/Rx events).
Refer to the HP StorageWorks XPath OS 7.4.x system error messages reference guide.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-c count
Maximum number of lines to display. Only the most recent count entries
are displayed.
port_num
Only the specified port logs are displayed. Valid port numbers are:
0–15
External ports
16
Bridge port (an internal port)
17
Central processor (CP)
Examples
To display the port log for port 12:
switch:admin> portlogdump 12
Total records present
= 81
Number of records displayed = 81
Time
Module
Event
Port
Len
Log info
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------16:24:35.765 fabctl
PrtSCN
12
0
st=1, Topo=2, Spd=0
16:24:36.076 fabctl
PrtSCN
12
0
st=2, Topo=2, Spd=2
16:24:37.167 fabctl
Tx
12
128
02fffffd,00fffffd,01c6ffff,10000000
16:24:37.167 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c60001
16:24:37.169 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c60001
16:24:37.169 WKA
Rx
12
128
03fffffd,00fffffd,01c60001,02000000
16:24:37.170 fabctl
PrtSCN
12
0
st=2, Topo=2, Spd=2
16:24:37.171 fabctl
Tx
12
48
02fffffd,00fffffd,01c7ffff,30000018
16:24:37.171 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c70001
16:24:37.171 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c70001
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 189
16:24:37.171 WKA
Rx
12
48
03fffffd,00fffffd,01c70001,02000000
16:24:37.172 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,1ba70001
16:24:37.172 WKA
Rx
12
64
02fffffd,00fffffd,1ba7ffff,14000000
16:24:37.172 fabctl
nbr_sm
12
0
Down to Down
16:24:37.172 fabctl
nbr_sm
12
0
Down to Init
16:24:37.172 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,08860001
16:24:37.172 WKA
Rx
12
92
02fffffd,00fffffd,0886ffff,70840900
16:24:37.172 fabctl
Tx
12
64
02fffffd,00fffffd,1ab7ffff,14000000
16:24:37.173 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,1ab70001
16:24:37.173 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,08870001
16:24:37.173 WKA
Rx
12
248
02fffffd,00fffffd,0887ffff,111000e0
16:24:37.173 fabctl
Tx
12
92
02fffffd,00fffffd,01c8ffff,70840900
16:24:37.173 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c80001
16:24:37.173 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,08880001
16:24:37.173 WKA
Rx
12
40
02fffffd,00fffffd,0888ffff,12000000
16:24:37.174 fabctl
Tx
12
248
02fffffd,00fffffd,01c9ffff,111000e0
16:24:37.174 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c90001
16:24:37.174 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,1ba80001
16:24:37.174 WKA
Rx
12
64
02fffffd,00fffffd,1ba8ffff,14000000
16:24:37.175 fabctl
Tx
12
40
02fffffd,00fffffd,01caffff,12000000
16:24:37.175 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01ca0001
16:24:37.175 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,1ba90001
16:24:37.175 WKA
Rx
12
224
02fffffd,00fffffd,1ba9ffff,15000000
16:24:37.175 fabctl
Tx
12
64
02fffffd,00fffffd,1ab8ffff,14000000
16:24:37.176 WKA
Rx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,1ab80001
16:24:37.176 fabctl
nbr_sm
12
0
Init to DBExch
16:24:37.176 WKA
Tx_Ack1
12
24
c0fffffd,00fffffd,01c80001
16:24:37.176 WKA
Rx
12
32
03fffffd,00fffffd,01c80001,01000000
See also
portLogClear
portLogDisable
portLogEnable
portLogShow
upTime
190 XPath OS CLI commands
portLogEnable
Enables port logs.
Synopsis
portlogenable [port_num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enable port logs. If no parameter is specified, all port logs are enabled. If
port_num is specified, only the port log for the specified ports are enabled.
NOTE:
By default, the port logs are enabled.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
port_num
Only the specified port log is enabled. Valid port numbers are:
0–15
External ports
16
Bridge port (an internal port)
17
Central processor (CP)
Examples
To enable the port log for port 9:
switch:admin> portlogenable 9
portlog of port 9 enabled
To enable all port logs:
switch:admin> portlogenable
All portlogs enabled
See also
portLogClear
portLogDisable
portLogDump
portLogShow
upTime
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 191
portLogShow
Displays port activity logs.
Synopsis
portlogshow [-c count] [port_num]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display port logs, paginated. The portLogShow command is similar to
portLogDump, which does not paginate the output.
A port log internally stores entries for each port as a circular buffer. Each port has space to store 2048 log
entries. If a port log is disabled, an error message is displayed. The actual message varies, depending on
the way in which the command is entered, as follows:
• If the command is entered using a range for port_num:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for port(s)
• If the command is entered without operands:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for all ports
• If the command is entered with port_num specified:
WARNING: Port log is disabled for this port
The following fields are displayed:
Time
Date and time of the event.
Module
Name of the module that logged the event.
Event
Possible events include:
192 XPath OS CLI commands
PrtDis
Port disabled.
PrtEnab
Port enabled.
PrtStart
Port start.
PrtStop
Port stop.
PrtSCN
Port state change.
IOCTL
IOCTL execution context.
Tx
Frame transmitted.
Tx_Ack1
ACK_1 transmitted.
Rx
Frame received.
Rx_LC
Received a link control frame.
Rx_Ack1
Received ACK_1.
Ct_in
Received a CT-based request.
Ct_out
Transmitted a CT-based response.
nbr_sm
FSPF’s neighbor state machine state
transition.
RSCN
RSCN transmitted.
SWRSCN
Switch RSCN transmitted.
Debug
Debug information.
Port
Port number of the affected port.
Len
Frame length; 0 for non-frame-related log entries.
Log Info
Log record information. The log record might be in string format
(for example, in PrtSCN event) or a list of integers (for example,
Tx/Rx events).
Refer to the HP StorageWorks XPath OS 7.4.x system error messages reference guide.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-c count
Maximum number of lines to display. Only the most recent
count entries are displayed.
port_num
Only the specified port logs are displayed. Valid port numbers
are:
0–15
External ports
16
Bridge port (an internal port)
17
Central processor (CP)
Leave this value empty to display all port logs.
Examples
To display the port log for port 8:
switch:admin> portlogshow 8
Total records present
= 25
Number of records displayed = 25
Time
Module
Event
Port
Len
Log info
----------------------------------------------------------------------------18:36:52.036 fabctl
PrtSCN
08
0
st=1, Topo=2, Spd=0
18:36:52.361 WKA
Rx
08
140
22fffffe,00000000,01a6ffff,04000000
18:36:52.362 fabctl
PrtSCN
08
0
st=2, Topo=2, Spd=2
18:36:52.365 fabctl
Debug
08
0
Loading routes
18:36:52.379 fabctl
Tx
08
140
23640800,00fffffe,01a60001,02000000
18:36:52.379 WKA
Rx
08
140
22fffffc,00640800,02ceffff,03000000
18:36:52.382 nsd
Tx
08
140
23640800,00fffffc,02ceffff,02000000
18:36:52.382 WKA
Rx
08
32
22fffffd,00640800,02cdffff,62000000
18:36:52.383 fabctl
Tx
08
28
23640800,00fffffd,02cd0001,02000000
18:36:52.383 WKA
Ct_in
08
52
02fffffc,00640800,02d1ffff,01000000
18:36:52.384 nsd
Tx
08
40
03640800,00fffffc,02d1ffff,01000000
18:36:52.384 WKA
Ct_in
08
84
02fffffc,00640800,02d0ffff,01000000
18:36:52.384 nsd
Tx
08
40
03640800,00fffffc,02d0ffff,01000000
18:36:52.385 WKA
Ct_in
08
76
02fffffc,00640800,02d7ffff,01000000
18:36:52.389 nsd
Tx
08
40
03640800,00fffffc,02d7ffff,01000000
18:36:52.389 WKA
Rx
08
40
22fffffc,00640800,0288ffff,05000000
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 193
18:36:52.390 nsd
Tx
08
28
23640800,00fffffc,0288ffff,02000000
18:36:52.391 WKA
Rx
08
140
22fffffc,00640800,02d6ffff,03000000
18:36:52.394 nsd
Tx
08
140
23640800,00fffffc,02d6ffff,02000000
18:36:52.394 WKA
Ct_in
08
44
02fffffc,00640800,02d9ffff,01000000
18:36:52.404 msd
Tx
08
140
22640800,0064f1a8,5005ffff,03000000
18:36:52.404 msd
Tx
08
32
22640800,0064f1a8,5006ffff,78000000
18:36:52.404 msd
Tx
08
40
22640800,0064f1a8,5005ffff,05000000
18:36:55.326 nsd
Ct_out
08
0
ns query acc 171 5
18:36:55.327 nsd
Tx
08
60
03640800,00fffffc,02d90001,01000000
See also
portLogClear
portLogDisable
portLogDump
portLogEnable
upTime
194 XPath OS CLI commands
portLoopbackTest
Tests the wire-side transmitting and receiving paths of one or more ports.
Synopsis
portloopbacktest [-p port_list] [-n frame_count] [-l length] [-s speed]
[-m mac] [-b loopback]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test the wire-side operation of one or more ports. This test generates frames from a
port and loops them back to itself. The loopback path can be either internal or external.
Each participating port is both a frame producer and a frame consumer. The transmitting and receiving
operations happen in parallel. The transmitter attempts to send out frames, independent of the status of the
receiver.
All ports involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled prior to running this test.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
-p port_list
Specifies a list of source ports. The default value is all ports.
-n frame_count
Specifies the number of frames to send to each destination. The
default value is 256.
-l length
Specifies the payload length of the test frames. The default value
is 1024.
-s speed
Specifies Fibre Channel speed mode. The default value is 2 Gb.
-m mac
-b loopback
0
Autonegotiate
1
1 Gb
2
2 Gb
Specifies the MAC layer to activate. The default is Fibre Channel.
0
Fibre Channel
1
Gigabit Ethernet
Specifies the loopback mode. The default is internal loopback.
0
Internal loopback through the
serializer/deserializer (SERDES)
1
External loopback through loopback plug or
fiber
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 195
Examples
To send out 1024 frames from ports 0 and 1 in Fibre Channel mode:
switch:admin> portloopbacktest -p 0-1 -n 256 -l 1024 -b 0 -s 2 -m 0
portloopbacktest -p 0-1 -n 256 -l 1024 -b 0 -s 2 -m 0
Port Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
Deli Size In
Out
RSLT
---- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---0000 00000100 000000041C00 00000100 000000041C00 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
0001 00000100 000000041C00 00000100 000000041C00 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
To send out 1024 frames from ports 12 and 13 in Gigabit Ethernet mode:
switch:admin> portloopbacktest -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -m 1
portloopback -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -b 0 -s 2 -m 1
Port Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
CrcT CrcR BadT BadR RSLT
---- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---000C 00000400 000000104800 00000400 000000104800 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
000D 00000400 000000104800 00000400 000000104800 0000 0000 0000 0000 PASS
See also
crossPortTest
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
spinSilk
196 XPath OS CLI commands
portName
Displays or sets the configured port name.
Synopsis
portname port [portname]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the configured port name. If a parameter is specified for portname,
the command sets the port to the specified new port name. If no parameter is specified for portname, the
command displays the currently configured port name.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
portname
Specifies the port name. The maximum name length is 32 characters.
The name must be either letters, digits, underscores, or spaces only. The
first character of the name must be either a letter or a digit.
Examples
To display the configured name of port 8:
switch:admin> portname 8
Port 8 name: port_8
To set the name of port 8 to “port 3_8”:
switch:admin> portname 8 port3_8
port 8 set to name port3_8
See also
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 197
portPerfShow
Displays port throughput numbers.
Synopsis
portperfshow [interval]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display port throughput numbers for all ports on the MP Router. One output line is
displayed every five seconds (or longer if interval is specified) until you press Ctrl-C. The command
and port number heading is repeated every 16 lines.
The Total column displays the sum of all throughput values of all ports.
The numbers displayed represent the number of bytes received and the number of bytes transmitted per
second. Throughput numbers are displayed as either bytes/second, kilobytes/second (the number is
followed by k), megabytes/second (the number is followed by m), or (for Total column alone)
gigabytes/second (the number is followed by g).
This information is used to monitor port performance.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
The interval, in seconds, between each sample. The minimum
interval allowed is 5 seconds. If an interval is not specified, a
default interval of 5 seconds is used.
interval
Examples
To display port throughput numbers for all ports on the MP Router at the default display interval of
5 seconds:
switch:admin> portperfshow
Data Sampled every 5 seconds.
portperfshow 5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185m
0
0
185m
0
0
0
0
371m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
189m
0
0
189m
0
0
0
0
379m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
188m
0
0
188m
0
0
0
0
377m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
189m
0
0
189m
0
0
0
0
379m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
189m
0
0
189m
0
0
0
0
379m
(continued on next page)
198 XPath OS CLI commands
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
187m
0
0
187m
0
0
0
0
375m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
189m
0
0
189m
0
0
0
0
379m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
189m
0
0
189m
0
0
0
0
379m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
186m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
373m
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
187m
0
0
186m
0
0
0
0
374m
10
11
12
13
14
15
portperfshow 5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
FC
Total
FC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185m
0
0
185m
0
0
0
0
371m
See also
portShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 199
portRouteInfo
Displays port routing tables for a specific port.
Synopsis
portrouteinfo port_number
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a given port’s routing information.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port_number
Specifies the port number.
Examples
To display port routing tables for port 1:
switch:admin> portrouteinfo 1
Domain Id = 58 Exit Port = 13
Domain Id = 70 Exit Port = 4
Domain Id = 71 Exit Port = 11
Domain Id = 73 Exit Port = 1
Domain Id = 76 Exit Port = 1
Domain Id = 78 Exit Port = 5
Domain Id = 79 Exit Port = 6
Domain Id = 80 Exit Port = 4
Domain Id = 81 Exit Port = 5
Domain Id = 100 Exit Port = 6
Domain Id = 116 Exit Port = 1
See also
fabricShow
switchShow
topologyShow
urouteShow
200 XPath OS CLI commands
portShow
Displays port configuration, status, and traffic statistics.
Synopsis
portshow port
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all port configuration information, including the operational status and traffic
statistics.
The command output includes:
Name
State
STARTED
Port configuration state is started.
STOPPED
Port configuration state is stopped.
UP
Port operational state is up.
DOWN
Port operational state is down.
DIAGNOSTIC
Port operational state is in diagnostic mode.
DOWNLOADING_CODE
Port is downloading code.
Type
FC
Fibre Channel
GIGE
Gigabit Ethernet
Link Status
ENABLED
Link configuration status is enabled.
DISABLED
Link configuration status is disabled.
UP
Link operational status is up.
DOWN
Link operational status is down.
Topology
P-P
Point-to-point
Speed
1G
1 Gb/s
2G
2 Gb/s
AN
Autonegotiate
Link Cost
WWN
0 (Auto)
Default cost is inversely proportional to the speed.
1 Gb/s
Link cost is 1000.
2 Gb/s
Link cost is 500.
1-65535
Link cost has a suffix of STATIC.
Displays the world wide name.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 201
EX_Port
Enabled
The port is configured to be an EX_Port.
Disabled
No EX_Port is displayed if the port is not configured to be
an EX_Port.
Fabric ID
The fabric ID assigned to this EX_Port, which is the edge
fabric attached to this EX_Port.
Fabric params
The fabric parameters for port negotiation with the
neighbor E_Port in the EX_Port-attached edge fabric.
Fabric parameters include R_A_TOV, E_D_TOV, and Port
ID format.
Front Phantom
Front phantom domain information presented by the
EX_Port, including the preferred (nonactive) or actual
(active) domain ID and WWN for the front domain.
Pr Switch Info
Information on the principal switch of the edge fabric
attached to the EX_Port, including the domain ID and
WWN of the principal switch.
Licensed
YES
Port is licensed.
NO
Port has failed diagnostics.
Diag Result
PASSED
Port has passed diagnostics.
FAILED
Port has failed diagnostics.
Applies only to GbE ports. The supported protocol is FCIP.
Protocol
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
Specifies the port.
port
Examples
To display information about port 1, which is in point-to-point mode:
switch:admin> portshow 1
port
1
info
Configuration
Current
Name :
port_1
State:
STARTED
UP
Type :
FC
FC
Link Status:
ENABLED
UP
Topology:
P-P
P-P
Speed:
AN
2G
LinkCost:
800 (STATIC)
WWN:
20:01:00:05:1e:13:55:00
Licensed
: YES
(continued on next page)
202 XPath OS CLI commands
Diag result
: PASSED
inFrames:
0
outFrames:
0
inOctets:
0
outOctets:
0
discards:
0
To display information about port 2, which is a GbE port:
switch:admin> portshow 2
port
2
info
Configuration
Current
Name :
port_2
State:
STARTED
UP
Type :
GIGE
GIGE
Link Status:
ENABLED
UP
IP addr:
10.50.50.2
10.50.50.2
Net mask:
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Default route:
10.50.50.0
10.50.50.0
Mac address:
00:05:1e:31:29:92
Protocol:
fcip ver 1
Licensed
: YES
Diag result
: PASSED
fcip ver 1
To display information about port 2, which is an EX_Port:
switch:admin> portshow 2
port
2
info
Configuration
Current
Name :
port_2
State:
STARTED
UP
Type :
FC
FC
Link Status:
ENABLED
UP
Topology:
P-P
P-P
Speed:
AN
2G
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 203
LinkCost:
AUTO
WWN:
20:02:00:05:1e:13:03:00
EX_Port Mode:
500
Enabled
Fabric ID: 5
Fabric params:
R_A_TOV: 10000
Front Phantom:
Dom ID: 3
E_D_TOV: 2000
PID fmt: core
WWN: 50:00:51:e1:30:30:0e:02
Pr Switch Info: Dom ID: 2 WWN: 10:00:00:60:69:c0:20:ed
Licensed
: YES
Diag result
: PASSED
inFrames:
8221407
outFrames:
8222802
inOctets:
5469644108
outOctets:
11598160236
discards:
0
See also
linkCost
portCfgEPort
portCfgEXPort
portCfgGige
portCfgSpeed
portCfgTopology
portDisable
portEnable
portStart
portStop
portType
switchShow
204 XPath OS CLI commands
portStart
Starts a port.
Synopsis
portstart port
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to start a port. This command loads the port code, unlike the portEnable command,
which enables the port laser.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
Examples
To start port 3:
switch:admin> portstart 3
port 3 started
To start ports 3 through 6:
switch:admin> portstart 3-6
port 3 started
port 4 started
port 5 started
port 6 started
See also
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portStop
portType
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 205
portStatsShow
Displays port counters.
Synopsis
portstatsshow port
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display port counters.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
Specifies the port.
port
Examples
To display counters for port 1:
switch:admin> portstatsshow 1
Port 1 Counters
Class 2 Counters
Class 3 Counters
inFrames:
0
inFrames:
4268
outFrames:
0
outFrames:
1567
inOctets:
0
inOctets:
5338532
outOctets:
0
outOctets:
97320
Class F Counters
Error Counters
inFrames:
0
Delimiter:
0
outFrames:
0
TxCreditZero:
0
inOctets:
0
InsideFrame:
0
outOctets:
0
OutsideFrame:
0
discards:
0
rjtFrames:
0
bsyFrames:
0
FC Software Counters
anyCrc:
0
badCrc:
0
badPriSeq:
0
badTxWords:
20
lossOfSync:
4
linkFailure:
37
See also
portShow
206 XPath OS CLI commands
portStop
Stops a port.
Synopsis
portstop port
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to stop a port. This command unloads the port code, unlike the portDisable
command, which disables the port laser.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port
Specifies the port.
Examples
To stop port 3:
switch:admin> portstop 3
port 3 stopped
To stop ports 3 through 6:
switch:admin> portstop 3-6
port 3 stopped
port 4 stopped
port 5 stopped
port 6 stopped
See also
portDisable
portEnable
portShow
portStart
portType
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 207
portType
Displays or sets the configured port type.
Synopsis
porttype port [porttype]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display or set the configured port type. If the porttype parameter is given, the
command sets the port to the specified new port type; otherwise, it displays the currently configured port
type.
Operands
The optional porttype parameter is defined as:
f
Fibre Channel
g
Gigabit Ethernet
NOTE:
See portCfgGige and portCfgEXPort for additional port configuration information.
Examples
To display the configured type of port 8:
switch:admin> porttype 8
Port 8 type is: GIGE
To set the type of port 8 to Fibre Channel:
switch:admin> porttype 8 f
port 8 set to type FC
To display the types of ports 7 through 9:
switch:admin> porttype 7-9
Port 7 type is: FC
Port 8 type is: GIGE
Port 9 type is: FC
See also
portCfgEXPort
portCfgGige
portShow
portStart
portStop
208 XPath OS CLI commands
ps
Displays processes status.
Synopsis
ps [-acCehjKlmrSTuvwx] [-M core] [-N system] [-O fmt] [-o fmt] [-p pid]
[-t tty] [-U username] [-W swap]
ps [-L]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display a header line followed by lines containing information about processes that
have controlling terminals. This information is sorted by controlling terminal and, among processes with
the same controlling terminal, process ID.
The information display is based on a set of selected keywords (see the -L, -O, and
-o operands). The default output format for each process includes the process ID, controlling terminal,
CPU time (including both user and system time), state, and associated command.
Operands
The operands are as follows:
-a
Displays information about other users’ processes, as well as your own.
-c
Does not display the full command and arguments; displays only the
executable name. This can be somewhat confusing; for example, all sh
scripts are displayed as sh.
-C
Changes the way the CPU percentage is calculated by using a raw CPU
calculation that ignores resident time (this normally has no effect).
-e
Displays the environment. The environment for other users’ processes can
be displayed only by the superuser.
-h
Repeats the information header as often as necessary to guarantee one
header per page of information.
-j
Displays information associated with the keywords: user, pid, ppid,
pgid, sess, jobc, state, tt, time, and command.
-K
Disables the fallback /proc-based method. Note that the /proc-based
method is used only if the ordinary kvm method is not possible.
-L
Lists the set of available keywords.
-l
Displays information associated with the following keywords: uid, pid,
ppid, cpu, pri, nice, vsz, rss, wchan, state, tt, time, and
command.
-M core
Extracts values associated with the name list from the specified core
instead from the default /dev/kmem file. The -M option implies the -K
option.
-m
Sorts by memory usage instead of by process ID.
-N system
Extracts the name list from the specified system instead of from the
default/netbsd file.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 209
-O fmt
Adds the information associated with the space- or comma-separated list
of keywords specified after the process ID in the default information
display. Keywords might be appended with an equal sign (=) and a
string, causing the printed header to use the specified string instead of
the standard header.
-o fmt
Displays information associated with the space- or comma-separated list
of keywords specified. Keywords might be appended with an equal sign
(=) and a string, causing the printed header to use the specified string
instead of the standard header.
-p pid
Displays information associated with the specified process ID.
-r
Sorts by current CPU usage instead of by process ID.
-S
Changes the way the process time is calculated by summing all exited
children to their parent process.
-T
Displays information about processes attached to the device associated
with the standard input.
-t tty
Displays information about processes attached to the specified terminal
device. Use a question mark (?) for processes not attached to a terminal
device and a minus sign (–) for processes that have been revoked from
their terminal device.
-U username
Displays processes belonging to the user whose user name or UID has
been given to the -U switch.
-u
Displays information associated with the following keywords: user, pid,
%cpu, %mem, vsz, rss, tt, state, start, time, and command. The
-u option implies the -r option.
-v
Displays information associated with the following keywords: pid,
state, time, sl, re, pagein, vsz, rss, lim, tsiz, %cpu, %mem,
and command. The -v option implies the -m option.
-W swap
Extracts swap information from the specified file instead of from the
default /dev/drum file.
-w
Uses 132 columns to display information instead of the default, which is
your window size. If the -w option is specified more than once, ps uses
as many columns as necessary, without regard for your window size.
-x
Displays information about processes without controlling terminals.
If the ps command cannot extract process information directly from the kernel (for example, due to an
incorrect -N option or kvm-based reasons), it currently uses an experimental fallback method to gather as
much information as possible through the limited interface if the /proc file system is mounted. (See
mount_procfs for more details.) The ps command verifies that /proc is a procfs file system before
proceeding. The -K option disables this fallback /proc-based lookup.
The following is a complete list of available keywords:
%CPU
The CPU utilization of the process; this is a decaying average over up to a
minute of previous (real) time. Because the time base over which this is
computed varies (since processes might be extremely recent), it is possible for
the sum of all %CPU fields to exceed 100 percent.
%mem
The percentage of real memory used by this process.
flags
The flags (in hexadecimal) associated with the process, as in the include file
sys/proc.h: l -column P_NOCLDSTOP P_NOCLDSTOP.
210 XPath OS CLI commands
P_ADVLOCK
0x0000001
Process may hold a POSIX advisory
lock.
P_CONTROLT
0x0000002
Process has a controlling terminal.
P_INMEM
0x0000004
Process is loaded into memory.
P_NOCLDSTOP
0x0000008
No P_NOCLDSTOP when children stop.
P_PPWAIT
0x0000010
Parent is waiting for child to exec/exit.
P_PROFIL
0x0000020
Process has started profiling.
P_SELECT
0x0000040
Selecting; wakeup/waiting danger.
P_SINTR
0x0000080
Sleep is interruptible.
P_SUGID
0x0000100
Process had set ID privileges since last
exec.
P_SYSTEM
0x0000200
System process: no sigs, stats or
swapping.
P_TIMEOUT
0x0000400
Timing out during sleep.
P_TRACED
0x0000800
Process is being traced.
P_WAITED
0x0001000
Debugging process has waited for
child.
P_WEXIT
0x0002000
Working on exiting
P_EXEC
0x0004000
Process called execve.
P_OWEUPC
0x0008000
Owe process an addupc() call at next
ast.
P_FSTRACE
0x0010000
Tracing through file system.
P_NOCLDWAIT
0x0020000
No zombies when children die.
lim
The soft limit on memory used, specified through a call to setrlimit.
lstart
The exact time the command started, using the %C format described in
strftime.
nice
The process scheduling increment (setpriority).
rss
The real memory (resident set) size of the process (in 1024-byte units).
start
The time the command started. If the command started less than 24 hours
ago, the start time is displayed using the %l:%M%p format described in
strftime. If the command started fewer than 7 days ago, the start time is
displayed using the %a%p format. Otherwise, the start time is displayed using
the %e%b%y format.
state
The state is given by a sequence of letters: for example, RWNA. The first letter
indicates the run state of the process:
D
Marks a process in disk (or other short-term,
uninterruptible) wait.
I
Marks a process that is idle (sleeping for longer than
20 seconds).
R
Marks a runable process.
S
Marks a process that is sleeping for less than
20 seconds.
T
Marks a stopped process.
Z
Marks a dead process (a zombie).
Additional characters indicate other state information:
+
The process is in the foreground process group of its
control terminal.
<
The process has raised CPU scheduling priority.
>
The process has specified a soft limit on memory
requirements and is currently exceeding that limit; such a
process is (necessarily) not swapped.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 211
A
The process has asked for random page replacement
VA_ANOM from madvise (for example, a LISP interpreter
in a garbage collection).
E
The process is trying to exit.
K
The process is a kernel thread or system process.
L
The process has pages locked in core (for example, for
raw I/O).
N
The process has reduced CPU scheduling priority.
S
The process has asked for FIFO page replacement
(VA_SEQL, from madvise, for example, a large image
processing program using virtual memory to sequentially
address voluminous data).
s
The process is a session leader.
V
The process is suspended during vfork.
W
The process is swapped out.
X
The process is being traced or debugged.
tt
An abbreviation for the path name of the controlling
terminal, if any. The abbreviation consists of the two
letters following /dev/tty, or for the console, co. This
is followed by a - if the process can no longer reach
that controlling terminal (for example, it has been
revoked).
wchan
The event (an address in the system) on which a process
waits. When printed numerically, the initial part of the
address is trimmed off and the result is printed in
hexadecimal; for example, 0x80324000 prints as
324000.
When printing using the command keyword, a process that has exited and has a parent that has not yet
waited for the process (in other words, a zombie) is listed as <defunct>; a process that is blocked while
trying to exit is listed as <exiting>.
The ps command tries to locate the processes argument vector from the user area to print the command
name and arguments. This method is not reliable, because a process is allowed to destroy this information.
The ucomm (accounting) keyword always contains the real command name, contained in the process
structure p_comm field.
To indicate that the argument vector has been tampered with, ps appends the real command name to the
output within parentheses if the base name of the first argument in the argument vector does not match the
contents of the real command name. A special case is system processes and/or kernel threads that are
shown within parentheses, because they do not set their argument vector.
In addition, ps checks for the following two situations and does not append the real command name
parenthesized:
-shellname
The login process traditionally adds a - in front of the shell
name to indicate a login shell. The ps command will not append
the parenthesized command name if it matches the name in the
first argument of the argument vector, skipping the leading -.
daemonname:
Daemon processes frequently report their current activity by
setting their name to be something such as daemonname:
current-activity. The ps command does not append the
parenthesized command name, if the string preceding the colon
(:) in the first argument of the argument vector matches the
command name.
212 XPath OS CLI commands
Keywords
The following list is a summary of all the available keywords and their meanings. Several of the keywords
have aliases (synonyms).
%cpu
Percentage CPU usage (alias pcpu)
%mem
Percentage memory usage (alias pmem)
acflag
accounting flag (alias acflg)
command
Command and arguments
cpu
Short-term CPU usage factor (for scheduling)
flags
The process flags, in hexadecimal (alias f)
inblk
Total blocks read (alias inblock)
jobc
Job control count
holdcnt
Number of holds on the process (if nonzero, process cannot be
swapped)
ktrace
Tracing flags
ktracep
Tracing vnode
lim
Memory use limit
logname
Login name of user who started the process
lstart
Time started
majflt
Total page faults
minflt
Total page reclaims
msgrcv
Total messages received (reads from pipes/sockets)
msgsnd
Total messages sent (writes on pipes/sockets)
nice
Nice value (alias ni)
nivcsw
Total involuntary context switches
nsigs
Total signals taken (alias nsignals)
nswap
Total swaps in/out
nvcsw
Total voluntary context switches
nwchan
Wait channel (as an address)
oublk
Total blocks written (alias oublock)
p_ru
Resource usage (valid only for zombie)
paddr
Kernel virtual address of the struct proc belonging to the process.
pagein
Pageins (same as majflt)
pgid
Process group number
pid
Process ID
ppid
Parent process ID
pri
Scheduling priority
re
Core residency time (in seconds; 127 = infinity)
rgid
Real group ID
rlink
Reverse link on run queue or 0
rss
Resident set size
rsz
Resident set size + (text size / text use count) (alias rssize)
ruid
Real user ID
ruser
User name (from ruid)
sess
Session pointer
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 213
sig
Pending signals (alias pending)
sigcatch
Caught signals (alias caught)
sigignore
Ignored signals (alias ignored)
sigmask
Blocked signals (alias blocked)
sl
Sleep time (in seconds; 127 = infinity)
start
Time started
state
Symbolic process state (alias stat)
svgid
Saved gid from a setgid executable
svuid
Saved uid from a setuid executable
tdev
Control terminal device number
time
Accumulated CPU time, user + system (alias cputime)
tpgid
Control terminal process group ID
tsess
Control terminal session pointer
tsiz
Text size (in KB)
tt
Control terminal name (two letter abbreviation)
tty
Full name of control terminal
ucomm
Name to be used for accounting
uid
Effective user ID
upr
Scheduling priority on return from system call (alias usrpri)
user
User name (from UID)
vsz
Virtual size in KB (alias vsize)
wchan
Wait channel (as a symbolic name)
xstat
Exit or stop status (valid only for stopped or zombie process)
/dev
Special files and device names
/dev/drum
Default swap device
/dev/kmem
Default kernel memory
/var/run/dev.db
/dev name database
/var/db/kvm.db
System namelist database
/netbsd
Default system namelist
/proc
File system for obtaining process information
Files
See also
none
214 XPath OS CLI commands
psShow
Displays power supply status.
Synopsis
psshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display current status for all power supplies in the system. The number of power
supplies might vary by chassis type. The same information is also provided by the chassisShow
command.
The power supply status messages include:
OK
FAIL
NOT_PRESENT
Operands
none
Examples
To display the power supply status:
switch:admin> psshow
POWER SUPPLY 1 Serial no:12037S1025 Rev:0 Status:OK
POWER SUPPLY 2 Status: NOT_PRESENT
See also
chassisShow
fanShow
switchStatusShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 215
quit
Terminates the shell.
Synopsis
quit
Availability
all users
Description
This command terminates the shell. The user is logged out of the MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To log out of the MP Router:
switch:admin> quit
See also
exit
216 XPath OS CLI commands
reboot
Executes a customized reboot command.
Synopsis
reboot
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to invoke a series of actions to shut down ports and other MP Router software
components before the MP Router calls the reboot command.
Operands
none
Examples
To execute the reboot procedure:
switch:admin> reboot
Do you really want to reboot the switch (y, n) y
See also
fastBoot
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 217
rnPing
Sends IP ping packets through an individual port.
Synopsis
rnping port destinationIpAddress [-l sendBufferSize]
[-n numOfEchoReqs] [-w timeout]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to network hosts through a specific GbE port.
This command performs an IP ping (from a port configured to be in the IP mode) to a remote IP address.
NOTE:
Use the rnPing command to ping remote IP addresses only, not local IP addresses.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
port-param destinationIpAddress
Specifies the IP address of the destination host and the
port through which the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets
will be sent.
This command has the following optional operands:
-l sendBufferSize
Sets the send buffer size.
-n numOfEchoReqs
Sets the number of echo requests.
-w timeout
Sets the timeout, in seconds, to wait for each reply.
Examples
To send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to network host 192.168.10.1 through GbE port 3:
switch:admin> rnping 3 192.168.10.1
See also
portCfgGige
portType
218 XPath OS CLI commands
routeShow
Displays IP static route configuration.
Synopsis
routeshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display IP static route configuration.
Operands
none
Examples
To display IP static route configuration:
switch:admin> routeshow
Routing tables
Internet:
Destination
default
10.20.0.0
10.33.32.0
10.33.48.1
10.33.63.39
loopback
localhost
Gateway
10.33.48.1
link#3
link#1
00:00:0c:07:ac:01
00:0b:db:90:37:b9
127.0.0.1
127.0.0.1
Persistent Routes:
Destination
Gateway
-------------------------------
Flags
UG
U
U
UH
UH
UGR
UH
Net Mask
----------------
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 219
secAuthSecret
Manages DH-CHAP secret key information.
Synopsis
secauthsecret [--show] [--set] [--remove <www | domain | switch_name> | --all ]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display, set, or remove secret key information from the DH-CHAP shared secret key
database, which is used for authentication, or to delete the entire database. When you perform a set or
remove operation, after the command has completed, new data is saved persistently and becomes
effective with the next authentication request on the port.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
--show
Lists the WWNs for which a shared secret is
configured.
--set
Sets up shared secrets with a WWN.
--remove <www | domain |
switch_name> | --all
Removes the specified WWN entry from the database.
If a domain name is specified, it is converted to a
WWN and then the entry is removed. If --all is
specified, the entire database is removed. If the
operand is omitted, the command enters interactive
mode.
Examples
To display the shared secret key database:
fcr:admin> secauthsecret --show
WWN
DId
Name
----------------------------------------------10:00:00:60:69:80:5b:e8
220 XPath OS CLI commands
1
switch
To set a shared secret key:
fcr:admin> secAuthSecret --set
This command sets up secret keys for the DH-CHAP authentication.
The minimum length of a secret key is 8 characters and maximum 40
characters. Setting up secret keys does not initiate DH-CHAP
authentication. It is performed whenever a port or a switch is enabled.
Following inputs should be specified for each entry.
1. WWN for which secret is being set up.
2. Peer secret: The secret of the peer that authenticates to peer.
3. Local secret: The local secret that authenticates peer.
Press Enter to start setting up shared secrets >
Enter WWN, Domain, or switch name (Leave blank when done):
10:00:00:60:69:80:05:14
Enter peer secret:
Re-enter peer secret:
Enter local secret:
Re-enter local secret:
Enter WWN, Domain, or switch name (Leave blank when done):
Are you done? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y
Saving data to key store... Done.
To remove all shared secret keys:
fcr:admin> secAuthSecret --remove --all
This command deletes database of DH-CHAP secret keys. If a fabric
requires authentication, deleting this database may cause switch
to segment from the fabric.
Do want to remove secret key database? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y
Deleting secret key database... Done.
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 221
serviceCfg
Manages the iSCSI application service on the switch.
Synopsis
servicecfg [-e serviceBitMap] [-d serviceBitMap]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to enable and disable a particular service.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-d serviceBitMap
Disables a service.
-e serviceBitMap
Enables a service.
If no operand is specified, the command displays the current status of all application services.
Examples
To enable the iSCSI service:
switch:admin> servicecfg -e iSCSI
iSCSI service is enabled.
See also
none
222 XPath OS CLI commands
setFanSpeed
Sets the fan speed for all fans.
Synopsis
setfanspeed [0|1]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the speed of all fans to one of two speeds. If a temperature sensor exceeds the
warning threshold, this command fails because the system automatically sets the fan speed to HIGH.
Operands
This command has the following operands:
0
Sets the speed for all fans to NORMAL.
1
Sets the speed for all fans to HIGH.
Examples
To set the fan speed:
switch:admin> setfanspeed 1
Fan speed is set to HIGH
See also
fanShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 223
setPagerOff
Reverts to normal, nonpaginated screen output.
Synopsis
setpageroff
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to turn off paginated command output resulting from a previous setPagerOn
command. Future command output continues without pause, even if it exceeds the area visible in one
screen.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn pagination off:
switch:admin> setpageroff
See also
setPagerOn
224 XPath OS CLI commands
setPagerOn
Provides paginated screen output.
Synopsis
setpageron
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display subsequent command results one screen at a time, preventing them from
exceeding the visible screen area. Press the Spacebar when ready to read the next screen of output.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn pagination on:
switch:admin> setpageron
See also
setPagerOff
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 225
sfpShow
Displays port SFP information.
Synopsis
sfpshow [port]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a summary of all port SFP information or detailed SFP information for a
specific port. When a port is not specified, sfpShow displays SFP information for all ports.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
port
Displays SFP information for the specified port only.
Examples
To display SFP information about port 2:
switch:admin> sfpshow 2
Port 2 sfp data
Identifier: SFP
Connector:
LC
Transceiver: 100Mbps, 200Mbps, M5, M6, SWLaser(SN), Intermediate
Distance
Encoding:
8B10B
Baud Rate:
21 (units 100 megabaud)
Length 9u:
0 (units 100 meters)
Length 50u: 30 (units 10 meters)
Length 625u: 13 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu:
0 (units 1 meter)
Vendor Name: FINISAR CORP.
Vendor OUI: 00:90:65
Vendor PN:
FTRJ-8519-3-2.5
Vendor Rev: X1
Options:
0012 Tx Disable, Loss of Signal
Enh Options: 00
BR Max:
0
BR Min:
0
Serial No:
E112CYQ
Date Code:
010120
226 XPath OS CLI commands
To display SFP information about ports 8 through 9:
switch:admin> sfpshow 8-9
Port
8 sfp data
Identifier:
SFP
Connector:
LC
Transceiver: 100Mbps, 200Mbps, M5, M6, SWLaser(SN), Intermediate Distance
Encoding:
8B10B
Baud Rate:
21 (units 100 megabaud)
Length 9u:
0
Length 50u:
30 (units 10 meters)
(units 100 meters)
Length 625u: 13 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu:
0
(units 1 meter)
Vendor Name: FINISAR CORP.
Vendor OUI:
00:90:65
Vendor PN:
FTRJ-8519-3-2.5
Vendor Rev:
X1
Options:
0012 Tx Disable, Loss of Signal
Enh Options: 00
BR Max:
0
BR Min:
0
Serial No:
E112CYQ
Date Code:
010120
Port
9 sfp data
Identifier:
SFP
Connector:
LC
Transceiver: 100Mbps, 200Mbps, M5, M6, SWLaser(SN), Intermediate Distance
Encoding:
8B10B
Baud Rate:
21 (units 100 megabaud)
Length 9u:
0
Length 50u:
30 (units 10 meters)
(units 100 meters)
Length 625u: 13 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu:
0
(units 1 meter)
Vendor Name: FINISAR CORP.
Vendor OUI:
00:90:65
Vendor PN:
FTRJ-8519-3-2.5
Vendor Rev:
X1
Options:
0012 Tx Disable, Loss of Signal
Enh Options: 00
BR Max:
0
BR Min:
0
Serial No:
E1127M1
Date Code:
010121
See also
sfpSupport
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 227
sfpSupport
Displays a list of supported SFPs.
Synopsis
sfpsupport
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a list of supported SFPs.
Operands
none
Examples
To display a list of supported SFPs:
switch:admin> sfpsupport
See also
none
228 XPath OS CLI commands
showRecovery
Displays the recovery kernel version stored in bank0.
Synopsis
showrecovery
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the version of the recovery kernel software stored in bank0.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the recovery kernel version:
switch:admin> showrecovery
Recovery Kernel version :1.3.0.0
See also
sfpSupport
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 229
spinSilk
Tests both the wire-side and crossbar-side port operations.
Synopsis
spinsilk [-p port_list] [-n frame_count] [-l length] [-s speed] [-m mac]
[-b loopback]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to test both the wire-side and crossbar-side port operation. This test generates one
frame from one port and sends it to the wire. Depending on the wire-side loopback mode, this frame
arrives either at the same port or at a port to which it is connected through the wire. Then the frame is
forwarded to the crossbar. Depending on the crossbar-side loopback mode, the frame arrives either at the
same port or at another port through the crossbar. Afterward, the frame is sent to the wire again.
Inside the wire and crossbar loop, only one frame travels at a time. The wire receiver stops forwarding the
frame to the crossbar when the maximum number of frames or passes has been reached.
All ports involved in the test must be diagnostics-enabled prior to running this test.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-p port_list
Specifies a list of source ports. The default value is all ports.
-n frame_count
Specifies the number of frames to send to each destination. The
default value is 256.
-l length
Specifies the payload length of the test frames. The default value is
1024.
-s speed
Specifies Fibre Channel speed mode. The default value is 2 Gb/s.
-m mac
230 XPath OS CLI commands
0
Autonegotiation
1
1 Gb/s
2
2 Gb/s
Specifies the MAC layer to activate. The default is Fibre Channel.
0
Fibre Channel
1
Gigabit Ethernet
-b loopback
Specifies the loopback mode. The default is 2 (Wire internal loop
back. Crossbar back to itself). The term partner means a pairing of
the participating ports. If an odd number of ports is involved, the
last participating port will loop back to itself in crossbar. The term
chain means that all participating ports form one single loop,
including both wire side and crossbar side.
2
Wire internal loopback. Crossbar back to itself.
3
Wire internal loopback. Crossbar to its partner.
4
Wire internal loopback. Crossbar forms a chain.
5
Wire external loopback. Crossbar to itself.
6
Wire external loopback to itself. Crossbar forms a
chain.
Examples
To send 1024 frames from ports 12 and 13 to the wire in Fibre Channel mode and loop them back to
themselves on both the wire and the crossbar sides:
switch:admin> spinsilk -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 2048
spinsilk -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 2048 -b 2 -s 2 -m 0
Port
Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
----------- ------------ -------- -----------000C
00000401 00000020781C 00000401 00000020781C
000D
00000401 00000020781C 00000401 00000020781C
Deli
-------0000
0000
Size
---0000
0000
In
---0000
0000
Out
---0000
0000
RSLT
---PASS
PASS
To send 1024 frames from ports 12 and 13 to the wire in Ethernet mode and loop them back to
themselves on both the wire and crossbar sides:
switch:admin> spinsilk -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -m 1
spinsilk -p 12-13 -n 1024 -l 1024 -b 2 -s 2 -m 1
Port
Tx fr
Tx bytes
Rx fr
Rx bytes
----------- ------------ -------- -----------000C
00000401 000000104C12 00000401 000000104C12
000D
00000401 000000104C12 00000401 00000104C12
CrcT
---0000
0000
CrcR
---0000
0000
BadT
---0000
0000
BadR
---0000
0000
RSLT
---PASS
PASS
See also
crossPortTest
portDiagDisable
portDiagEnable
portLoopbackTest
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 231
supportShow
Runs the CLI scripts for debugging.
Synopsis
supportshow
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to run CLI scripts, which are generally used for debugging. Commands include the
following:
chassisShow
fcrProxyDevShow
portCfgShow
cfgActvShow -d
fcrResourceShow
portLogDump
cfgShow
fcrRouteShow
portRouteInfo
configShow
fcrXlateConfig
portShow 0-15
date
figeroShow
portStatsShow 0-15
du
fspfShow
ps-axl
dlsShow
ifConfig -a
psShow
errShow -a
interfaceShow
routeShow
eventShow
iodShow
sfpShow
eventShowByNum 1 -1 -a
ipaddrShow
shpShow 1-15
fabLogShow
licenseShow
slotShow
fabricShow
lsanZoneShow
switchShow
fazoneAdd
lsdbShow
tempShow
fcipShow 0-15
nbrStateShow
top -d 1
fcrDbgDevShow
nsAllShow -v
topologyShow
fcrFabricShow
nslogShow
uname
fcrLogShow
nsShow
upTime
fcrPhyDevShow
portCfgEXPort 0-15
urouteShow
fcrProxyConfig
portCfgFcip $I
zslogShow
The output from the scripts is displayed on the screen. The display can also be saved in a file with an
extension of .log or .txt.
Examples
To display the output on the screen:
switch:admin> supportshow
To save the output to a log file:
switch:admin> supportshow > logfile.txt
See also
diagUpload
232 XPath OS CLI commands
svipAddrSet
Sets the virtual management IP configuration of the MP Router.
Synopsis
svipaddrset -i ipAddress -n netMask -a action
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the virtual management IP configuration. The virtual management IP address is
used as the single identity of the MP Router.
Configuration scenario I: If the secondary management interface is not used, the virtual management IP
configuration is set the same as the primary IP configuration by default.
Configuration scenario II: If both management interfaces are configured in the same subnet, the virtual
management IP configuration must be configured within the same subnet.
NOTE: The virtual management IP configuration is set to the same value as the primary IP configuration
by default. It also can be changed using ipaddrSet -s.
Operands
The following operands are required:
-i ipAddress
Sets the IP address in the standard aa.bb.cc.dd format.
-n netMask
Sets the netmask in the standard aa.bb.cc.dd format.
-a action
Specifies whether the change takes effect immediately (cfgnow)
or after next reboot (cfgafterreboot).
Examples
To set virtual management IP address 192.168.10.1 and netmask 255.255.255.0:
switch:admin> svipaddrset -i 192.168.10.1 -n 255.255.255.0 -a cfgnow
See also
ipaddrSet
ipaddrShow
svipAddrShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 233
svipAddrShow
Displays the virtual management IP configuration of the MP Router.
Synopsis
svipaddrshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the virtual management IP configuration of the MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the virtual management IP configuration of the MP Router:
switch:admin> svipaddrshow
The switch virtual IP
IP address
Netmask
Gateway
See also
svipAddrSet
234 XPath OS CLI commands
configuration
10.33.58.20
255.255.224.0
-
current
10.33.58.20
255.255.224.0
10.33.48.1
switchDisable
Disables the whole MP Router.
Synopsis
switchdisable [-f]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to disable an MP Router and all its ports. No ports can be individually enabled by the
portEnable command until the MP Router itself is enabled.
If a switchDisable command is in progress, you cannot issue another switchDisable or
switchEnable command. If the previously issued command never completes, use the -f operand. The
MP Router ignores the state of the previously issued command and attempts to perform the operation as
well as possible.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Forces the MP Router to be disabled.
-f
Examples
To disable the MP Router:
switch:admin> switchdisable
switch is being disabled.........................
Switchdisabled
See also
configure
switchEnable
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 235
switchEnable
Enables the whole MP Router.
Synopsis
switchenable [-f]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to allow ports to be enabled. If an MP Router is disabled, all its ports are disabled.
However, if an MP Router is enabled, any individual port can still be disabled by a portDisable
command.
If a switchEnable command is in progress, you cannot issue a switchDisable command or another
switchEnable command. If the previously issued command never completes, use the -f operand. The
MP Router ignores the state of the previously issued command and attempts to perform the operation as
well as possible.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
Forces the MP Router to be enabled.
-f
Examples
To enable the MP Router:
switch:admin> switchenable
Switch Enabled
See also
configure
switchDisable
switchShow
236 XPath OS CLI commands
switchName
Displays and sets the MP Router name.
Synopsis
switchname [switch-name]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display and set the MP Router name. If you enter the command without an operand,
the MP Router name is displayed. The MP Router name is displayed also in the user interface prompt.
The MP Router name is a maximum of 19 characters, including letters, digits, underscores, and spaces; it
must start with either a letter or a digit.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
switch-name
Sets the MP Router name.
Examples
To display the MP Router name:
switch:admin> switchname
To set the MP Router name:
switch:admin> switchname newswitchname
newswitchname:admin>
See also
switchShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 237
switchShow
Displays MP Router and port status.
Synopsis
switchshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display MP Router and port status information. This command displays the following
fields:
Switch Name
The symbolic name
Switch State
The MP Router state: online or offline
Switch Type
The MP Router model an revision numbers
Switch Role
The MP Router role: principal or subordinate
Switch Domain
The MP Router Domain ID: 1 to 239
Switch ID
The MP Router embedded port D_ID
Switch WWN
The MP Router world wide name
beacon status
The MP Router beacon status
zoning
The MP Router zoning status
MP Router BB Fabric
ID
The backbone fabric ID for FC routing
The MP Router summary is followed by one line per port, as follows:
Port
The port number
Media
--
No module present
id
Serial ID
1G
1 Gb/s
2G
2 Gb/s
N1
1 Gb/s negotiation
N2
2 Gb/s negotiation
AN
Autonegotiation
No_Module
No module present (SFP or other)
No_Light
The module is not receiving light
Online
The port is up and running
Speed
State
Info
238 XPath OS CLI commands
The Info field can be blank or display the
following:
E_Port
Fabric port
F_Port
Point-to-point
FL_Port
Loop port
EX_Port
EX_Port
VE_Port
FCIP port
disabled
Port is disabled
loopback
Port is in loopback mode
stopped
Post is stopped
invalid sfp
SFP module is not supported
diagnostic
Port is in diagnostic mode
The Info field also might display error information associated with the port, for example:
Last error
Exceeded max number of zone resources.
This error implies that the zoning information has exceeded the switch resources. The maximum number of
devices is 10,000 and the maximum number of zone groups is 3,000. The eventShow command
provides more details about the error.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the MP Router and port status:
switch:admin> switchshow
Switch Name
:
switch
Switch State :
Online
Switch Type
:
38.0
Switch Role
:
Subordinate
Switch Domain:
103
Switch ID
:
FFFC67
Switch WWN
:
10:00:00:05:1e:12:e7:00
beacon status:
OFF
zoning
ON (zs1)
:
FC router BB Fabric ID: 1
Port
Media
Speed
State
Info
=======================================
0
id
AN
No_Light
1
id
AN
No_Light
2
id
AN
Online
3
id
N2
Online
EX_PORT 10:00:00:60:69:90:10:ba "switch2" (fabric id = 2)
4
id
N2
Online
E_PORT 10:00:00:60:69:90:10:dc "tombrocade11" (upstream)
5
id
AN
No_Light
Disabled
6
id
AN
Online
7
--
AN
No_Module
8
id
N1
Online
VE_PORT 10:00:00:05:1e:12:fa:00 "tommars4" (downstream)
9
id
AN
No_Light
Disabled
10
id
AN
No_Light
11
id
N2
Online
12
id
AN
No_Light
13
id
2G
No_Light
14
id
AN
No_Light
15
id
N1
Online
F_PORT 10:00:00:00:c9:33:3e:3f
L_PORT 7 public
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 239
See also
configShow
configure
eventShow
switchDisable
switchEnable
switchName
240 XPath OS CLI commands
switchStatusShow
Displays the overall status of the MP Router.
Synopsis
switchstatusshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the overall status of the MP Router, as determined by the overall status of the
power supply, fan, and temperature sensors. If any of them is in critical status, overall MP Router status is
critical; if none of them is in critical status but one or more is in marginal status, the overall MP Router
status is marginal. Otherwise, overall MP Router status is healthy.
If the MP Router is disabled, the overall MP Router status is marginal.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the overall status of the MP Router:
switch:admin> switchstatusshow
Switch overall status: Marginal
Reason:
power supply is in MARGINAL state
Power overall status: Marginal
Fan overall status: Healthy
Temp overall status: Healthy
See also
fanShow
psShow
tempShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 241
syslogdipAdd
Adds the IP address of a syslog daemon.
Synopsis
syslogdipadd “ipAddress“
Availability
admin
Description
The syslog daemon (syslogd) is a process available on most UNIX® systems that reads and forwards
system messages to the appropriate log files and/or users, depending on the system configuration. This
command adds the IP address of a syslog daemon, that is, the IP address of the server that is running the
syslogd process. When one or more IP addresses are configured, the MP Router forwards all error-log
entries (see errShow) to the syslogd on all the specified servers. Up to six servers are supported.
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
“ipAddress“
IP address of the syslog daemon (the server that is running the
syslogd process).
Examples
To add the address 192.168.1.60 to the list of machines to which system messages are sent:
switch:admin> syslogdipaddr "192.168.1.60"
syslog.IP.address 192.168.1.60 is added
See also
syslogdipRemove
syslogdipShow
242 XPath OS CLI commands
syslogdipRemove
Removes the IP address of a syslog daemon.
Synopsis
syslogdipremove “ipAddress“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove the IP address of a syslog daemon (the server that is running the syslogd
process).
Operands
This command has the following required operand:
“ipAddress“
IP address of the syslog daemon (the server that is running the
syslogdd process).
Examples
To remove the address 192.168.1.60 from the list of machines to which system messages are sent:
switch:admin> syslogdipremove "192.168.1.60"
syslog.IP.address 192.168.1.60 is removed
See also
syslogdipAdd
syslogdipShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 243
syslogdipShow
Displays all the syslog daemon IP addresses.
Synopsis
syslogdipshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all the syslog daemon IP addresses in the configuration database.
Operands
none
Examples
To display all the syslog daemon IP addresses:
switch:admin> syslogdipshow
syslog.IP.address.1:
syslog.IP.address.2:
syslog.IP.address.3:
See also
syslogdipAdd
syslogdipRemove
244 XPath OS CLI commands
192.168.1.60
192.168.1.88
192.168.2.77
tempShow
Displays temperature sensor readings.
Synopsis
tempshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display all temperature sensor readings. The number of sensors might vary among
different platforms. Every sensor is indexed by a sequential number. The status of the sensor can be OK or
Marginal. Both Centigrade and Fahrenheit readings are displayed.
Operands
none
Examples
To display all temperature sensor readings:
switch:admin> tempshow
Index Status
Centigrade Fahrenheit
-------------------------------------------------1
OK
32
90
2
OK
34
93
3
OK
40
104
4
OK
34
93
5
OK
37
99
See also
fanShow
psShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 245
timeout
Displays or sets the IDLE timeout value for a login session.
Synopsis
timeout [timeVal]
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command without an operand to display the current IDLE timeout for the login session.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
Sets the IDLE timeout value to number of minutes. Using a
timeout value of 0 disables the timeout functionality; login
sessions would never be disconnected. The maximum value that
can be specified is 99,999; the default is 10 minutes.
timeVal
Examples
To set the idle timeout to 10 minutes:
switch:admin> timeout 10
IDLE Timeout Changed to 10 minutes
The modified IDLE Timeout will be in effect after NEXT login.
See also
none
246 XPath OS CLI commands
timeZoneSet
Sets the local time zone for the MP Router.
Synopsis
timezoneset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to set the local time zone for the MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To set the local time zone to US/Pacific:
switch:admin> timezoneset
Please select a continent or ocean
1). Africa
2). America
5). Asia
6). Atlantic Ocean
9). Indian Ocean
10). Pacific Ocean
Enter the option #: 11
Please select a country or city
1). Alaska
2). Aleutian
5). East-Indiana
6). Eastern
9). Michigan
10). Mountain
13). Samoa
Enter the option #: 11
time zone is set
3). Antarctica
7). Australia
11). US
4). Arctic Ocean
8). Europe
12). Canada
3). Arizona
7). Hawaii
11). Pacific
4). Central
8). Indiana-Starke
12). Pacific-New
See also
date
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 247
top
Displays and updates information about the top CPU processes.
Synopsis
top [-SbiInquv] [-d count] [-s time] [-o field] [-U user] [number]
Description
Use this command to display the top 10 processes on the system and periodically update this information.
If standard output is on an intelligent terminal (see below), then as many processes as will fit on the
terminal screen are displayed by default; otherwise, approximately 20 are displayed. Raw CPU
percentage is used to rank the processes. If number is given, then the top number processes are
displayed instead.
This command distinguishes between terminals that support advanced capabilities and those that do not.
This distinction affects the choice of defaults for certain options. In the remainder of this document, an
intelligent terminal is one that supports cursor addressing, clear screen, and clear to end of line.
Conversely, a dumb terminal is one that does not support such features. If the output of the top command
is redirected to a file, the command acts as if it were being run on a dumb terminal.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
-S
Toggles display of system processes. Normally, system processes such as
the pager and the swapper are shown.
-b
Uses batch mode. In this mode, all input from the terminal is ignored.
Interrupt characters (such as ^C and ^e) still have an effect. This is the
default on a dumb terminal or when the output is not on a terminal.
-i
Uses interactive mode. In this mode, any input is immediately read for
processing. See the section, ”Interactive mode” on page 249 for an
explanation of which keys perform what functions. After the command is
processed, the screen is immediately updated, even if the command was
not understood. This mode is the default when standard output is on an
intelligent terminal.
-I
Does not display idle processes. By default, the top command displays
both active and idle processes.
-n
Uses noninteractive mode. This is identical to batch mode.
-q
Changes the priority of top to –20 so that it will run faster. This can be
used when the system is being very sluggish, to help discover the
problem. This option can be used only by the root user.
-u
Does not map UID numbers to user names. Normally, top reads as much
of the file /etc/passwd as is necessary to map all of the user ID
numbers it encounters to login names. This option disables all that, while
possibly decreasing execution time. The UID numbers are displayed
instead of the names.
-v
Writes version number information to stderr and then exits
immediately. No other processing takes place when this option is used.
To see current revision information while top is running, use the help
command (?).
-d count
Shows only count displays and then exits. A display is considered to be
one update of the screen. This option allows users to select the number of
displays they want to see before top automatically exits. For intelligent
terminals, no upper limit is set. The default is 1 for dumb terminals.
248 XPath OS CLI commands
-s time
Sets the delay between screen updates to time seconds. The default
delay between updates is nD seconds.
-o field
Sorts the process display area on the specified field. The field name is the
name of the column as seen in the output, but in lowercase letters. Likely
values are cpu, size, res, and time, but this might vary on different
operating systems. Note that not all operating systems support this
option.
-U user
Shows only those processes owned by user name. This option currently
accepts only user names and will not understand UID numbers.
number
Sets the number of top processes to be displayed.
Both the count and number operands can be specified as infinite, indicating that they can stretch as
far as possible. This is accomplished by using any proper prefix of the keywords infinity, maximum, or
all. The default for count on an intelligent terminal is infinity.
The environment variable TOP is examined for options before the command line is scanned. This enables
users to set their own defaults. The number of processes to display can also be specified in the environment
variable TOP. The operands -I, -S, and -u are actually toggles. A second specification of any of these
operands negates the first. Thus, a user who has the environment variable TOP set to –I can use the
command top –I to display idle processes.
Interactive mode
When top is running in interactive mode, it reads commands from the terminal and acts upon them
accordingly. In this mode, the terminal is put in CBREAK; a character is processed as soon as it is typed.
Almost always, a key is pressed when top is between displays, that is, while it is waiting for time
seconds to elapse. If this is the case, the command is processed and the display is updated immediately
thereafter (reflecting any changes that the command might have specified). This happens even if the
command was incorrect.
If a key is pressed while top is updating the display, top finishes the update and then processes the
command. Some commands require additional information, and the user is prompted accordingly. While
typing this information, the user’s erase and kill keys (as set up by the command stty) are recognized; a
newline character terminates the input.
These commands are currently recognized (^L refers to Ctrl-L):
^L
Redraws the screen.
fBh or ?
Displays a summary of the commands (help screen). Version
information is included in this display.
q
Quits top.
d
Changes the number of displays to show (prompts for new
number). Remember that the next display counts as one, so
typing d1 makes top show one final display and then
immediately exit.
n or #
Changes the number of processes to display (prompts for new
number).
s
Changes the number of seconds to delay between displays
(prompts for new number).
S
Toggles between showing and not showing system processes.
k
Sends a signal (kill by default) to a list of processes. This acts
similarly to the command kill.
r
Changes the priority (the nice) of a list of processes. This acts
similarly to the command renice.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 249
u
Displays only processes owned by a specific user name (prompts
for user name). If the user name specified is simply +, processes
belonging to all users are displayed.
o
Changes the order in which the display is sorted. This command
is not available on all systems. The sort key names vary from
system to system but usually include cpu, res, size, and time.
The default is cpu.
e
Displays a list of system errors (if any) generated by the last
kill or renice command.
i or I
Toggles the display of idle processes.
Display
The actual display varies, depending on the specific variant of UNIX that the machine is running.
The first few lines of the display show general information about the state of the system, including the last
process ID assigned to a process (on most systems), the three load averages, the current time, the number
of existing processes, the number of processes in each state (sleeping, running, starting,
zombies, and stopped), and a percentage of time spent in each of the processor states (user, nice,
system, and idle). It also includes information about physical and virtual memory allocation.
The remainder of the screen displays information about individual processes. This display is similar to the
output for portStop, but it is not exactly the same.
PID
Process ID.
USERNAME
Name of the process owner (if -u is specified, a UID column is
substituted for USERNAME).
PRI
Current priority of the process.
NICE
Nice amount (in the range –20 to 20).
SIZE
Total size of the process (text, data, and stack).
RES
Current amount of resident memory (both SIZE and RES are
given in kilobytes).
STATE
Current state (one of START, RUN, STOP, ZOMB, DEAD, or CPU)
or wait channel if the state is SLEEP.
TIME
Number of system and user CPU seconds that the process has
used.
WCPU
When displayed, the weighted CPU percentage (this is the same
value that portStop displays as CPU).
CPU
Raw percentage and is the field that is sorted to determine the
order of the processes.
COMMAND
Name of the command that the process is currently running (if
the process is swapped out, this column is marked <swapped>).
On multiprocessor systems, the STATE field might be followed by a slash and CPU number.
Examples
none
See also
none
250 XPath OS CLI commands
topologyShow
Displays the unicast fabric topology.
Synopsis
topologyshow [domain_number]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display fabric topology as seen by the local MP Router. The fabric topology consists
of a list of all domains that are part of the fabric and, for each of those domains, all the possible paths to
reach the domain from the local MP Router.
A path is defined by the output port that a frame, which has been addressed to a certain domain, is
forwarded to by the MP Router routing hardware.
In addition, this command displays the following for each path: its cost, the number of hops from the local
MP Router to the destination switch, and the summary of all ports routed through that path.
Local Domain ID
The domain number of the local MP Router.
Domain
The domain number of the destination switch.
Metric
The cost of reaching the destination domain.
Hops
The maximum number of hops required to reach the destination
domain.
Out Port
The port to which an incoming frame will be forwarded, in order
to reach the destination domain.
Name
Switch name of the destination switch.
Operands
The following operand is optional:
domain_number
The destination domain whose topology information is to be
displayed.
Examples
To display the unicast fabric topology:
switch:admin> topologyshow
13 domains in the fabric; Local Domain ID: 50
Domain
Metric
Hops Out Port
Name
--------------------------------------------------------54
1000
2
0
"brcd_3200_57_54"
1
4
5
6
58
500
1
12
"AP_57_58"
13
14
(continued on next page)
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 251
70
500
1
71
73
500
500
76
1000
1
1
1
2
78
1500
3
79
1500
3
80
1500
3
81
1500
3
100
1000
2
116
1000
2
See also
portRouteInfo
urouteShow
252 XPath OS CLI commands
4
5
6
11
0
0
1
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
0
1
12
13
14
"brcd_3800_57_70"
"brcd_3800_32_71"
"brcd_12k1_57_73"
"brcd_3200_57_76"
"brcd_3900_57_78"
"brcd_3900_57_79"
"brcd_38_57_80"
"brcd_38_57_81"
"AP_57_75"
"brcd_3900_116"
trunkReset
Turns off trunking.
Synopsis
trunkreset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to turn off trunking.
Operands
none
Examples
To turn off trunking:
switch:admin> trunkreset
Trunk Feature Disabled
See also
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
trunkSet
trunkShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 253
trunkSet
Turns on trunking.
Synopsis
trunkset
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to allow dynamic exchange-level trunking across all available E_Port links to reach the
next hop. If trunking is enabled, all E_Ports to a given next hop domain are automatically added to the
trunk route. Each trunk route can have a maximum of 16 E_Ports.
With trunking enabled, for each frame received at the port, the exit port to use to route the frame is
selected based on:
((dest_id + src_id + ox_id) % num_routes_in_trunk)
Trunking is turned off by default. To turn on trunking, enter the trunkset command after installing the
XPath Exchange-Based Trunking license. Trunking overrides the dynamic load sharing setting (dlsSet).
Operands
none
Examples
To turn on trunking:
switch:admin> trunkset
Trunk Feature enabled
See also
dlsReset
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
licenseShow
nbrStateShow
topologyShow
trunkReset
trunkShow
urouteShow
254 XPath OS CLI commands
trunkShow
Displays the trunk setting.
Synopsis
trunkshow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to see whether trunking is on (set) or off.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the trunk setting:
switch:admin> trunkshow
Trunking is set
See also
dlsReset
dlsSet
dlsShow
iodReset
iodSet
iodShow
trunkReset
trunkSet
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 255
tsClockServer
Displays or sets the network time synchronization (NTP) server address.
Synopsis
tsclockserver [ipaddr]
Availability
admin
Description
This command displays or sets the NTP server address. It synchronizes the local time of the MP Router to
an external NTP server. If no operand is specified, the current value is displayed.
Operands
This command has the following optional operand:
ipaddr
Specifies the IP address of the NTP server. This option enables
the MP Router to synchronize with the specified external NTP
server. The NTP server should be accessible from the MP Router.
The default ipaddr value is LOCL. When a clock server IP
address other than LOCL is specified, the date command will
be restricted to display mode only.
Examples
To set the NTP server to the specified IP address:
switch:admin> tsclockserver 192.168.126.60
tsclockserver is set
To disable the NTP service:
switch:admin> tsclockserver LOCL
tsclockserver is set
See also
date
256 XPath OS CLI commands
upTime
Displays how long the system has been running.
Synopsis
uptime
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display the current time, the length of time the system has been up, the number of
users, and the load average of the system over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes.
Operands
none
Examples
none
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 257
urouteConfig
Configures a static route.
Synopsis
urouteconfig in-port domain out-port
Availability
admin
Description
Fibre Channel Shortest Path First (FSPF) allows load sharing of traffic across multiple equal-cost, equivalent
paths. The assignment of routes to individual equivalent paths is done automatically. This assignment is not
deterministic; it might be different after a reboot or a fabric topology change. This command allows the
configuration of static routes. A static route is a route that is assigned to a specific path that does not
change when a topology change occurs unless the path used by the route becomes unavailable.
After this command is entered, if output-port is a usable port, all frames coming in from port
in-port addressed to domain are forwarded through port out-port.
If out-port is not usable, the routing assignment is not affected by this command. When out-port
becomes usable, however, the static route assignment for in-port is enforced.
out-port is usable if it is on a minimum-cost path to the destination domain.
in-port can be either an F_Port or an E_Port.
Notes
When using static routes, load sharing might be affected. The MP Router attempts to achieve the best load
sharing, but if too many routes are statically configured to use the same output port, equal load-sharing
might not be possible.
To prevent routing loops, static route configuration through a non-minimum-cost path is not allowed. If a
user attempts to configure such a route, the user is queried as to whether or not the entry should be saved
in the database.
Operands
The following operands are required:
in-port
The input port to be configured with the static route.
domain
The destination domain.
out-port
The output port to which traffic is forwarded.
Examples
To configure a static route:
switch:admin> urouteconfig 3 71 1
Committing configuration...done
258 XPath OS CLI commands
See also
configShow
portRouteInfo
urouteRemove
urouteShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 259
urouteRemove
Removes a static route.
Synopsis
urouteremove in-port domain
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove a previously configured static route.
After this command is entered, the route to domain for in-port might or might not change. It will
change if the previous static route was not along a minimum-cost path.
After this command is entered, the load sharing to domain is revaluated.
Operands
This command has the following required operands:
in-port
The port to be statically routed.
domain
The destination domain.
Examples
To remove a static route:
switch:admin> urouteremove 3 71
Committing configuration...done
See also
configShow
portRouteInfo
urouteConfig
urouteShow
260 XPath OS CLI commands
urouteShow
Displays unicast routing information.
Synopsis
urouteshow [in-port [domain]]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the unicast routing information for a port as it is known by the Fibre Channel
Shortest Path First (FSPF) path selection/routing task. The routing information describes how a frame that is
received from a port on the local MP Router is routed to reach a destination switch.
The command displays the routing information for all the active ports on the local MP Router to all the
domains in the fabric.
The following fields are displayed:
Local Domain ID
The domain number of the local MP Router.
In-Port
The port from which a frame comes.
Domain
The destination domain of the incoming frame.
Out-Port
The port to which an incoming frame is forwarded to reach the
destination domain.
Metric
The cost of reaching the destination domain.
Hops
The maximum number of hops required to reach the destination
domain.
Flags
Whether this route is dynamic (D) or static (S). A dynamic
route is discovered automatically by the FSPF path-selection
protocol. A static route is assigned using the urouteConfig
command.
Next (Dom, Port)
Domain and port number of the next hop. These are the domain
number and the port number of the switch to which Out-Port
is connected.
The information provided by this command should match what is provided by portRouteInfo and
topologyShow.
Operands
This command has the following optional operands:
in-port
Displays the routing information for the port from which a frame
comes to all domains in the fabric.
in-port domain
Displays the routing information for the port from which a frame
comes to the destination domain.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 261
Examples
To display unicast routing information:
switch:admin> urouteshow
Local Domain ID: 50
In-Port
Domain
Out-Port
8
54
11
58
11
70
11
71
11
73
11
76
11
11
54
11
58
11
70
11
71
11
73
11
76
11
See also
portRouteInfo
topologyShow
urouteConfig
urouteRemove
262 XPath OS CLI commands
Metric
1500
1000
3000
500
2000
2500
1500
1000
3000
500
2000
2500
Hops
3
2
6
1
4
5
3
2
6
1
4
5
Flags
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Next(Dom,Port)
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
71,1
userAdd
Adds a new user to the MP Router.
Synopsis
useradd -u userName -g userGroup
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to add a new user to the MP Router. There are two permanent user accounts (or groups)
to which you can assign a user: admin and user. Each account has a default password of password.
Operands
The following operands are required:
-u userName
Specifies the new user name.
-g userGroup
Specifies the group for the new user.
Examples
To add a new user (John) with an admin account, after logging in as admin:
switch:admin> useradd -u john -g admin
To add a new user (Mike) with a user account, after logging in as admin:
switch:admin> useradd -u mike -g user
See also
passwd
userDel
userShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 263
userDel
Removes a user from the MP Router.
Synopsis
userdel userName
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove a user from the MP Router; however, the admin and user (permanent)
accounts cannot be deleted. Furthermore, users logged in as admin can delete all users except themselves.
Operands
The following operand is required:
userName
Name of user to be removed.
Examples
To remove a user (John) from the MP Router after logging in as admin:
switch:admin> userdel john
See also
passwd
userAdd
userShow
264 XPath OS CLI commands
users
Lists current users.
Synopsis
users
Description
Use this command to list (sorted, separated by spaces, and on one line) the login names of the users
currently on the system.
Operands
none
Examples
none
See also
none
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 265
userShow
Displays a list of available users on the MP Router.
Synopsis
usershow
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display a list of available users on the MP Router.
Operands
none
Examples
To display all users available on the MP Router, after logging in as admin:
switch:admin> usershow
userName with admin role
-----------------------admin
admin123
userName with user role
----------------------user
user123
See also
passwd
userAdd
userDel
266 XPath OS CLI commands
version
Displays the version numbers for MP Router software components.
Synopsis
version
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command to display the version numbers of the MP Router software components.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the version numbers of all software components in a switch:
switch:admin> version
===================
Installed Packages:
===================
Package Name:
xpath_os_v7.4.0_prealpha1_bld17
Install Date:
Apr 14, 2005 18:48
See also
altBoot
firmwareCommit
firmwareDownload
firmwareShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 267
wdogevt
Displays the watchdog events.
Synopsis
wdogevt
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display watchdog events logged in system NVRAM.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the watchdog events:
switch:admin> wdogevt
wdogevt: last shutdown due to watchdog timeout
wdogevt: last known timeout recorded at UTC Tue
Dec 16 15:39:40 2003
debug trace:
sp: 8ad75c70 lr: 11833e98
sp: 8ad75ca0 lr: 00034d20
sp: 8ad75cb0 lr: 000ff0ec
sp: 8ad75ce0 lr: 00005758
sp: 8ad75d10 lr: 00005428
sp: 8ad75d20 lr: 00005a08
sp: 8ad75d40 lr: 000c01b8
sp: 8ad75d80 lr: 000b9d08
sp: 8ad75e20 lr: 000b9630
sp: 8ad75ee0 lr: 00091354
sp: 8ad75f40 lr: 000e70c0
sp: ffffe730 lr: 00003f44
sp: 00000000 lr: 00000000
NOTE: There are no debug traces for administrator actions or power failures. The debug trace indicates
the problem area within the operating system and is likely different from the example shown here.
All system events are available in the system log.
See also
none
268 XPath OS CLI commands
zoneAdd
Adds a member to a zone.
Synopsis
zoneadd “zoneName“, “zoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to add one or more members to the existing zone. For a description of members, see
the zoneCreate help.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“zoneName“
The name of a zone, in quotation marks.
“zoneMemberList“
A semicolon-separated list of one or more world wide names,
domain,port pairs, zone alias names, and IQNs in
quotation marks.
Examples
To add some disk arrays to ZONE_A:
switch:admin> zoneadd "ZONE_A", "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85; 100,1;
ALIAS1"
See also
zoneCreate
zoneDelete
zoneRemove
zoneShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 269
zoneCreate
Creates a zone.
Synopsis
zonecreate “zoneName“, “zoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to create a new zone.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across MP Router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the
cfgSave command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“zoneName“
A unique name for a zone, in quotation marks. A zone name begins
with a letter followed by any number of letters, digits, and underscore
characters. Names are case sensitive; for example, “Zone_1” and
zone_1 are different zones. Spaces are ignored.
“zoneMemberList“
A semicolon-separated list of one or more World Wide Names,
domain,port pairs, zone alias names, and iSCSI qualified names
(IQNs), in quotation marks. Requirements for the zoneMemberList
are as follows:
• World wide names—These names must be specified as eight
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons, for example,
10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a. Zoning has no knowledge of the fields
within a WWN; the 8 bytes are simply compared with the node
and port names presented by a device in a login frame (FLOGI or
PLOGI). When a zone member is specified by node name, then all
ports on that device are in the zone; when a zone member is
specified by port name, only that single device port is in the zone.
• Domain,port pairs—Physical fabric port numbers can be specified
as a pair of decimal numbers d,p where d is the MP Router number
(domain ID) and p is the port number on that MP Router. For
example, 6,10 specifies port 10 on MP Router 6. When an alias
member is specified by physical fabric port number, all devices
connected to that port are in the zone. No spaces are allowed.
270 XPath OS CLI commands
• Zone alias names—Zone alias names have the same format as zone
names and are created with the aliCreate command.
The alias must resolve to a list of one or more physical fabric port
numbers or WWNs. A zone alias should be created before it is
added to a zone.
• IQNs—IQNs are specified in the following format:
iqn.year-month.unique_iSCSI_domain_ID, as follows:
iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:rst-win2k-pc12
Examples
To create two zones, ZONE_A and ZONE_B:
switch:admin> zonecreate "ZONE_A", "21:00:00:20:37:65:ec:43; array1"
switch:admin> zonecreate "ZONE_B", "21:01:00:e0:8b:22:a2:38; 20,3"
See also
zoneAdd
zoneDelete
zoneRemove
zoneShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 271
zoneDelete
Deletes a zone.
Synopsis
zonedelete “zoneName“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to delete the zone, zoneName.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operand is required:
“zoneName“
The name of the zone, in quotation marks.
Examples
To delete ZONE_A:
switch:admin> zonedelete "ZONE_A"
See also
zoneAdd
zoneCreate
zoneRemove
zoneShow
272 XPath OS CLI commands
zoneRemove
Removes a member from a zone.
Synopsis
zoneremove “zoneName“, “zoneMemberList“
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to remove one or more members from the existing zone. If all members are removed,
the zone is deleted.
For a description of members, see the zoneCreate help.
The member list is found by an exact string match.
NOTE: This command changes the defined configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become
effective, you must enable an appropriate zone configuration using the cfgEnable command.
For the change to be preserved across router reboots, save it to nonvolatile memory using the cfgSave
command.
Operands
The following operands are required:
“zoneName“
The name of the zone, in quotation marks.
“zoneMemberList“
A semicolon-separated list of one or more world wide names,
domain,port pairs, zone alias names, and IQNs, in quotation
marks.
Examples
To remove 20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85 and 100,3 from ZONE_A:
switch:admin> zoneremove "ZONE_A", "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:8f:85; 100,3"
See also
zoneAdd
zoneCreate
zoneDelete
zoneShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 273
zoneShow
Displays zone information.
Synopsis
zoneshow [-i] [pattern]
Availability
all users
Description
Use this command without parameters to display all zone configuration information.
If a parameter is specified, it is used as a pattern to match zone names; those that match in the defined
configuration are displayed.
Patterns can contain:
• Question mark (?), which matches any single character
• Asterisk (*), which matches any string of characters
• Characters [0–9, a–z, A–Z,_], which match the character
See cfgShow for a description of this display.
Operands
The following operands are optional:
-i
Displays IQNs instead of world wide names (WWNs).
pattern
Pattern can contain any of the valid characters mentioned.
Examples
To display configuration information for zones specified by the pattern Z*1:
switch:admin> zoneshow "Z*1"
Zone: ZONE1
21:00:00:20:37:65:6f:16
21:00:00:20:37:65:6a:d9
100,1
20,3(unconfirmed)
ALIAS1
See also
aliShow
cfgShow
zoneAdd
zoneCreate
zoneDelete
zoneRemove
274 XPath OS CLI commands
zsdLogClear
Synopsis
zsdlogclear
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to clear the internal debug messages of the zone server.
Operands
none
Examples
To clear the internal debug messages:
switch:admin> zsdlogclear
See also
zsdLogShow
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 275
zsdLogShow
Displays the zone server’s internal debug messages.
Synopsis
zsdlogshow
Availability
admin
Description
Use this command to display the zone server’s internal debug messages.
Operands
none
Examples
To display the zone server’s internal debug messages:
switch:admin> zsdlogshow
Time
|D |OXID|
Log info
----------------------------------------------------------------------16:29:09.966|01|0000| MMI license call
16:29:12.495|ff|f101| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.496|ff|0113| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.497|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.501|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.507|ff|0117| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.508|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:12.515|ff|0118| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:22.795|ff|0202| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:22.795|ff|ffff| activate msg zone set name [cfg2]
16:29:22.867|ff|ffff| sending zone enable request
16:29:25.280|ff|f101| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.281|ff|0113| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.282|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.286|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.290|ff|0117| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.292|ff|0114| msg received at the Zoneserver port
16:29:25.295|ff|0118| msg received at the Zoneserver port
18:14:15.837|ff|0001| domains list Received from fspf
18:14:28.285|ff|0001| domains list Received from fspf
18:15:08.967|ff|f101| msg received at the Zoneserver port
18:15:08.968|ff|0113| msg received at the Zoneserver port
See also
zsdLogClear
276 XPath OS CLI commands
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 277
278 XPath OS CLI commands
2
Default values for configuration parameters
This chapter lists the default values for:
• System configuration parameters, Table 2.
• Management interface configuration parameters, Table 3.
• Port configuration parameters, Table 4.
Default values for system parameters
Table 2 lists the default values for the system parameters.
Table 2
Default values for system parameters
Parameter
Default value
bbCredit
16
chassisAdmin
1
dataFieldSize
2112
defaultAccessZoning
1
definedTransZoneMgmt
0
disableNodeNameZoning
1
domain
100
domainIdConfirmFlag
0
dynamicLoadSharing
0
E_D_TOV
2000
eventLogSize
1000
fileTransferProtocol
tftp
ftpRootDir
/tftpboot
ftpServerIpAddress
0.0.0.0
ftpUserName
ftp
ftpUserPassword
ftp
gmtOffset
-480
hardZoningSupported
0
inOrderDelivery
1
MAX_HOP_COUNT
7
pollingInterval
0
R_A_TOV
10000
snmpRoCommunity
public
snmpRwCommunity
private
staticRouteTable
Empty
switchTrunk
1
sysContact
Field Support
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 279
Table 2
Default values for system parameters (continued)
Parameter
Default value
sysDescription
Multi-protocol Router
sysLocation
End User Premise
sysName
MP Router
sysObjectID
1.3.6.1.4.1.1588.2.1.1.38
sysServices
72
sysUrl
MY_SYS_URL
temperatureShutdownThreshold
65
temperatureWarningThreshold
45
trapReceiverTable
Empty
WAN_TOV
0
wwn
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x05 0x4e 0x01 0x02
0x00
Default values for management interface parameters
Table 3 lists the default values for management interface parameters.
Table 3
Default values for management interface parameters
Parameter
Default value
gateway (mgmt port 1)
sync with the setup nvram
gateway (mgmt port 2)
0
ifMode (mgmt port 1)
auto
ifMode (mgmt port 2)
auto
ipAddr (mgmt port 1)
sync with the setup nvram
ipAddr (mgmt port 2)
0
netmask (mgmt port 1)
sync with the setup nvram
netmask (mgmt port 2)
0
Default values for port parameters
Table 4 lists the default values for the port parameters.
Table 4
Default values for port parameters
Parameter
Default value
acceptMode
2
bbCredit
16
dataFieldSize
2112
defaultGateway
0
edtov
2000
eMode
1
280 Default values for configuration parameters
Table 4
Default values for port parameters (continued)
Parameter
Default value
fcipEnable
2
ipAddr
0
linkAdmin
1
linkCost
0xffff
linkTrapEnable
1
listenPort
3225
netmask
0
portAdmin
1
portSpeed
0
portTopology
3
portType
1
promiscuousMode
1
ratov
10000
remoteEntityId
0
remoteIpAddr
0
remoteTcpPort
3225
remoteWwn
0
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 281
282 Default values for configuration parameters
Glossary
This glossary defines terms used in this guide or related to this product and is not a comprehensive
glossary of computer terms.
address identifier
A 24-bit or 8-bit value used to identify the source or destination of a frame.
AL_PA
Arbitrated Loop Physical Address. A unique 8-bit value assigned during loop initialization to a
port in an arbitrated loop.
AL_TIME
Arbitrated loop timeout value. Twice the amount of time it would take for a transmission word
to propagate around a worst-case loop. The default value is 15 milliseconds (ms).
alias
A logical grouping of elements in a fabric. An alias is a collection of port numbers and
connected devices, used to simplify the entry of port numbers and WWNs when creating
zones.
alias address
identifier
An address identifier recognized by a port in addition to its standard identifier. An alias
address identifier can be shared by multiple ports. See also alias.
alias AL_PA
An AL_PA value recognized by an L_Port in addition to the AL_PA assigned to the port. See
also AL_PA.
alias server
A fabric software facility that supports multicast group management.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute.
ARB
Arbitrative primitive signal. Applies only to an arbitrated-loop topology. Transmitted as the fill
word by an L_Port to indicate that the port is arbitrating access to the loop.
arbitrated loop
A shared 100-Mb/s Fibre Channel transport structured as a loop. Can support up to 126
devices and one fabric attachment. See also topology.
arbitration
A method of gaining orderly access to a shared-loop topology.
area number
Ports on a switch are assigned a logical area number. Port area numbers can be viewed by
entering the switchShow command. They are used to define the operative port for many
Fabric OS commands; for example, area numbers can be used to define the ports within an
alias or zone.
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol. A TCP/IP function for associating an IP address with a link-level
address.
ARR
Asynchronous response router. Refers to Management Server GS_Subtype Code E4, which is
displayed in the portLogDump command output.
ASD
Alias server daemon. Used for managing multicast groups by supporting the create, add,
remove, and destroy functions.
ASIC
Application-specific integrated circuit.
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode. A transport used for transmitting data over LANs or WANs that
transmit fixed-length units of data. Provides any-to-any connectivity and allows nodes to
transmit simultaneously.
authentication
The process of verifying that an entity in a fabric (such as a switch) is what it claims to be. See
also digital certificate, switch-to-switch authentication.
AW_TOV
Arbitration wait timeout value. The minimum time an arbitrating L_Port waits for a response
before beginning loop initialization.
bandwidth
The total transmission capacity of a cable, link, or system. Usually measured in bps (bits per
second). Bandwidth can also refer to the range of transmission frequencies available to a link
or system. See also throughput.
BB_Credit
buffer-to-buffer credit. The number of frames that can be transmitted to a directly connected
recipient or within an arbitrated loop. Determined by the number of receive buffers available.
See also buffer-to-buffer flow control, EE_Credit.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 283
beacon
A tool in which all of the port LEDs on an MP Router are set to flash from one side of the switch
to the other, to enable identification of an individual MP Router in a large fabric. An MP Router
can be set to beacon by the beacon command.
beginning running
disparity
The disparity at the transmitter or receiver when the special character associated with an
ordered set is encoded or decoded. See also disparity.
BER
Bit error rate. The rate at which bits are expected to be received in error. Expressed as the ratio
of error bits to total bits transmitted. See also error.
BISR
Built-in self-repair.
BIST
Built-in self-test.
bit synchronization
The condition in which a receiver is delivering retimed serial data at the required bit error rate.
blind-mate
connector
A two-way connector used in some HP StorageWorks switches to provide a connection
between the motherboard and the power supply.
block
As it applies to Fibre Channel technology, upper-level application data that is transferred in a
single sequence.
boot code
Software that initializes the system environment during the early phase of the boot process. For
example, boot code might determine the amount of available memory and how to access it.
boot flash
Flash (temporary) memory that stores the boot code.
bport
Back-end port of the ASIC.
broadcast
The transmission of data from a single source to all devices in the fabric, regardless of zoning.
See also multicast, unicast.
buffer-to-buffer flow Management of the frame transmission rate in either a point-to-point topology or in an
control
arbitrated loop. See also BB_Credit.
bypass circuitry
Circuits that automatically remove a device from the data path when valid signals are
dropped.
CA
Certificate authority. A trusted organization that issues digital certificates. See also digital
certificate.
CAM
Content-addressable memory.
CAN
Campus area network. A network comprising a limited area but not just one building. See
also LAN, MAN, WAN.
cascade
Two or more interconnected Fibre Channel switches. See also fabric, ISL.
CFG
Configuration.
chassis
The metal frame in which the switch and switch components are mounted.
CIM
Common Information Model. A management structure enabling disparate resources to be
managed by a common application.
circuit
An established communication path between two ports. Consists of two virtual circuits capable
of transmitting in opposite directions.
Class 1 service
The class of frame-switching service for a dedicated connection between two communicating
ports (also called connection-oriented service). Includes acknowledgement of frame delivery or
nondelivery.
Class 2 service
A connectionless class of frame-switching service that includes acknowledgement of frame
delivery or nondelivery.
Class 3 service
A connectionless class of frame-switching service that does not include acknowledgement of
frame delivery or nondelivery. Can be used to provide a multicast connection between the
frame originator and recipients, with acknowledgement of frame delivery or nondelivery.
Class 4 service
A connection-oriented service that allows fractional parts of the bandwidth to be used in a
virtual circuit.
Class 6 service
A connection-oriented multicast service geared toward video broadcasts between a central
server and clients.
284
Class F service
The class of frame-switching service for a direct connection between two switches, allowing
communication of control traffic between the E_Ports. Includes acknowledgement of data
delivery or nondelivery.
class of service
A specified set of delivery characteristics and attributes for frame delivery.
CLI
Command line interface. An interface that depends entirely on the use of commands, such as
through Telnet or SNMP, and does not involve a GUI.
client
An entity that, using its common transport (CT), makes requests of a server.
CLS
Close primitive signal. Used only in an arbitrated loop. Sent by an L_Port that is currently
communicating in the loop to close communication with another L_Port.
CM
Central memory.
CMA
Central memory architecture. An architecture centralizing memory usage in switches.
CMBISR
Central memory built-in self-repair.
CMT
Central memory test.
comma
A unique pattern (either 1100000 or 0011111) used in 8b/10b encoding to specify
character alignment within a data stream. See also K28.5.
community (SNMP)
A relationship between a group of SNMP managers and an SNMP agent, in which
authentication, access control, and proxy characteristics are defined. See also SNMP.
compact flash
Flash (temporary) memory that is used in a manner similar to hard disk storage. It is connected
to a bridging component that connects to the PCI bus of the processor. Not visible within the
processor’s memory space.
configuration
(1) A set of parameters that can be modified to fine-tune the operation of a switch. Use the
configShow command to view the current configuration of your switch.
(2) In zoning, a zoning element that contains a set of zones. The configuration is the
highest-level zoning element and is used to enable or disable a set of zones on the fabric. See
also zone configuration.
congestion
The realization of the potential of oversubscription. A congested link is one on which multiple
devices are contending for bandwidth.
connection initiator
A port that has originated a Class 1 dedicated connection and has received a response from
the recipient.
connection recipient A port that has received a Class 1 dedicated connection request and has transmitted a
response to the originator.
controller
A computer module that interprets signals between a host and a peripheral device. The
controller typically is part of the peripheral device.
core PID
Core switch port identifier. The core PID must be set for OS 3.1 and earlier switches included
in a fabric of 4.1 switches. This parameter is located in the configure command of
firmware versions 3.1 and earlier. All 4.1 switches and later use the core PID format by
default; this parameter is not present in the configure command for these switches.
COS
Class of service.
CP
Control processor.
CPLD
Complex PLD. Alternately known as Enhanced PLD (EPLD), Super PAL, and Mega PAL.
CRC
Cyclic redundancy check. A transmission error check that is included in every data frame.
credit
As it applies to Fibre Channel technology, the number of receive buffers available to transmit
frames between ports. See also BB_Credit, EE_Credit.
cut-through
A switching technique that allows the route for a frame to be selected as soon as the
destination address is received. See also route.
D_ID
Destination identifier. A 3-byte field in the frame header, used to indicate the address identifier
of the N_Port to which the frame is headed.
DAS
Direct attached storage.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 285
data word
A type of transmission word that occurs within frames. The frame header, data field, and CRC
all consist of data words. See also frame, ordered set, transmission word.
datagram
A Class 3 Fibre Channel service that allows data to be sent quickly to devices attached to the
fabric, without receipt confirmation.
DCE
Data communications equipment. Usually refers to a modem.
dedicated simplex
A connection method that permits a single N_Port to simultaneously initiate a session with one
N_Port as an initiator and have a separate Class 1 connection to another N_Port as a
recipient.
defined zone
configuration
The set of all zone objects defined in the fabric. Can include multiple zone configurations. See
also enabled zone configuration, zone configuration.
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
DHCPD
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol daemon.
digital certificate
An electronic document issued by a CA (certificate authority) to an entity, containing the
public key and identity of the entity. Entities in a secure fabric are authenticated based on
these certificates. See also authentication, CA, public key.
disparity
The proportion of ones and zeroes in an encoded character. Neutral disparity means an equal
number of each, positive disparity means a majority of ones, and negative disparity means a
majority of zeroes.
DLS
Dynamic load-sharing. Dynamic distribution of traffic over available paths. Allows for
recomputing of routes when an Fx_Port or an E_Port changes status.
domain controller
A domain controller (or embedded port) communicates with and gets updates from other
switches’ embedded ports. The well-known address is fffcdd, where dd = domain number.
domain ID
A unique identifier for all switches in a fabric, used in routing frames. Usually automatically
assigned by the principal switch but can be assigned manually.
DTE
Data terminal equipment. Usually refers to a terminal.
DWDM
Dense wave division multiplexing. Allows more wavelengths to use the same fiber. See also
WDM.
E_D_TOV
Error-detect timeout value. The minimum amount of time a target waits for a sequence to
complete before initiating recovery. Can also be defined as the maximum time allowed for a
round-trip transmission before an error is declared. See also R_A_TOV, RR_TOV.
E_Port
Expansion port. A type of switch port that can be connected to an E_Port on another switch to
create an ISL. See also ISL.
ECCN
Export classification control number. A government classification of encryption. For example,
SSH is in the high-encryption category (number 5x02) and therefore has certain restrictions
regarding its transfer.
EE_Credit
End-to-end credit. The number of receive buffers allocated by a recipient port to an originating
port. Used by Class 1 and 2 services to manage frame exchange across the fabric, between
source and destination. See also BB_Credit, end-to-end flow control.
EIA rack
A storage rack that meets the standards set by the Electronics Industry Alliance (EIA).
ELP
Exchange link parameters.
ELS
Extended link service. ELSs are sent to the destination N_Port to perform the requested function
or service. ELS is a Fibre Channel standard that is sometimes referred to as Fibre Channel
Physical (FC_PH) ELS.
EM
Environmental monitor. Monitors FRUs and reports failures.
embedded port
An embedded port (or domain controller) communicates and get updates from other switches’
embedded ports. The well-known address is fffcdd, where dd = domain number.
EMI
Electromagnetic interference.
emulex
A brand of host bus adapter (HBA).
enabled zone
configuration
The currently enabled configuration of zones. Only one configuration can be enabled at a
time. See also defined zone configuration, zone configuration.
286
end-to-end flow
control
Governs flow of Class 1 and 2 frames between N_Ports. See also EE_Credit.
entry fabric
The basic software license that allows one E_Port per switch.
EOF
End of frame. A group of ordered sets used to mark the end of a frame.
error
As it applies to the Fibre Channel industry, a missing or corrupted frame, timeout, loss of
synchronization, or loss of signal (link errors). See also loop failure.
Ethernet
Popular protocol for LANs.
EVMd
Event management database. Delivers FDMI-related events.
exchange
The highest-level Fibre Channel mechanism used for communication between N_Ports.
Composed of one or more related sequences, it can work in either one or both directions.
F_BSY
Fabric port busy frame. A frame issued by the fabric to indicate that a frame cannot be
delivered because the fabric or destination N_Port is busy.
F_Port
Fabric port. A port that is able to transmit under fabric protocol and interface over links. Can
be used to connect an N_Port to a switch. See also FL_Port, Fx_Port.
F_RJT
Fabric port reject frame. A frame issued by the fabric to indicate that delivery of a frame is
being denied, perhaps because a class is not supported, there is an invalid header, or no
N_Port is available.
fabric
A Fibre Channel network containing two or more switches in addition to hosts and devices.
Also referred to as a switched fabric. See also cascade, SAN, topology.
Fabric Mode
One of two possible modes for an L_Port, in which the L_Port is connected to another port that
is not loop capable, using fabric protocol.
fabric name
The unique identifier assigned to a fabric and communicated during login and port discovery.
fabric port count
The number of ports available for connection by nodes in a fabric.
fabric services
Codes that describe the communication to and from any well-known address.
fabric topology
The arrangement of switches that form a fabric.
failover
Describes the process of one CP passing active status to another CP. A failover is
nondisruptive.
FAN
Fabric address notification. Retains the AL_PA and fabric address when a loop reinitializes, if
the switch supports FAN.
fan-in
The ratio of hosts to storage devices; the view of the SAN from the storage port’s perspective.
fan-out
The ratio of storage devices to hosts; the view of the SAN from the host port’s perspective.
FC-0
Lowest layer of Fibre Channel transport. Represents physical media.
FC-1
Layer of Fibre Channel transport that contains the 8b/10b encoding scheme.
FC-2
Layer of Fibre Channel transport that handles framing and protocol, frame format,
sequence/exchange management, and ordered set usage.
FC-3
Layer of Fibre Channel transport that contains common services used by multiple N_Ports in a
node.
FC-4
Layer of Fibre Channel transport that handles standards and profiles for mapping upper-level
protocols, such as SCSI and IP, onto the Fibre Channel Protocol.
FC-AL-3
The Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop standard defined by ANSI. Defined on top of the FC-PH
standards.
FC-AV
Fibre Channel audio visual.
FCC
Federal Communications Commission.
FC-CT
Fibre Channel common transport.
FC-FG
Fibre Channel generic requirements.
FC-FLA
The Fibre Channel fabric loop-attach standard defined by ANSI.
FC-FS
Fibre Channel framing and signaling.
FC-GS
Fibre Channel generic services.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 287
FC-GS-2
Fibre Channel generic services, second generation.
FC-GS-3
Fibre Channel Generic Services, third generation.
FC_IP
Fibre Channel-over-IP.
FC-PH
The Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface standard for FC-0, FC-1, and FC-2 layers
of the Fibre Channel Protocol. Indicates signaling used for cable plants, media types, and
transmission speeds.
FC-PH-2
Fibre Channel Physical Interface, second generation.
FC-PH-3
Fibre Channel Physical Interface, third generation.
FC-PI
Fibre Channel Physical Interface standard, defined by ANSI.
FC-PLDA
The Fibre Channel Private Loop Direct Attach standard defined by ANSI. Applies to the
operation of peripheral devices on a private loop.
FC_SB
Fibre Channel single bytes.
FC_VI
Fibre Channel virtual interface.
FCA
Fibre Channel adapter.
FCIA
Fibre Channel Industry Association. An international organization of Fibre Channel industry
professionals. Provides oversight of ANSI and industry-developed standards, among other
tasks.
FCLC
Fibre Channel Loop Community.
FCP
Fibre Channel Protocol. Mapping of protocols onto the Fibre Channel standard protocols. For
example, SCSI FCP maps SCSI-3 onto Fibre Channel.
FCS
Fibre Channel Standard.
FC-SW-2
The second-generation Fibre Channel Switch Fabric standard defined by ANSI. Specifies tools
and algorithms for the interconnection and initialization of Fibre Channel switches to create a
multiswitch Fibre Channel fabric.
FDDI
Fiber Distributed Data Interface. An ANSI architecture for a metropolitan area network (MAN);
a network based on the use of fiber optic cable to transmit data at 100 Mb/s.
FDMI
Fabric-Device Management Interface. FDMI is a database service provided by the fabric for
Nx_Ports. The primary use is by HBA devices that register information about themselves and
their ports.
FFFFF5
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a Class 6 multicast server.
FFFFF6
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a clock synchronization server.
FFFFF7
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a security key distribution server.
FFFFF8
Well-known Fibre Channel address for an alias server.
FFFFF9
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a QoS facilitator.
FFFFFA
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a management server.
FFFFFB
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a time server.
FFFFFC
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a directory server.
FFFFFD
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a fabric controller.
FFFFFE
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a fabric F_Port.
FFFFFF
Well-known Fibre Channel address for a broadcast alias ID.
Fibre Channel
Fibre Channel is a protocol used to transmit data between servers, switches, and storage
devices. It is a high-speed, serial, bidirectional, topology-independent, multiprotocol, and
highly scalable interconnection between computers, peripherals, and networks.
Fibre Channel
transport
A protocol service that supports communication between Fibre Channel service providers. See
also FSP.
FIFO
First in, first out. Refers to a data buffer that follows the first in, first out rule.
fill word
An IDLE or ARB ordered set that is transmitted during breaks between data frames to keep the
Fibre Channel link active.
288
firmware
The basic operating system provided with the hardware.
FL_Port
Fabric loop port. A port that is able to transmit under fabric protocol and also has arbitrated
loop capabilities. Can be used to connect an NL_Port to a switch. See also F_Port, Fx_Port.
flash
Programmable nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) memory that maintains its contents without power.
FLOGI
Fabric login. The process by which an N_Port determines whether a fabric is present and, if
so, exchanges service parameters with it. See also PLOGI.
FOTP
Fiber Optic Test Procedure. Standards developed and published by the Electronic Industries
Association (EIA) under the EIA-RS-455 series of standards.
FPD
Field-programmable device. Interchangeable with PLD.
FPGA
Field-programmable gate array. An FPD that allows high logic capacity.
fractional
bandwidth
The partial use of a link to send data back and forth, with a maximum of 254 Class 4
connections per N_Port.
frame
The Fibre Channel structure used to transmit data between ports. Consists of a start-of-frame
delimiter, header, optional headers, data payload, cyclic redundancy check (CRC), and
end-of-frame delimiter. There are two types of frames: link control frames (transmission
acknowledgements and so forth) and data frames.
frame relay
A protocol that uses logical channels, as used in X.25. Provides very little error-checking
ability. Discards frames that arrive with errors. Allows a certain level of bandwidth between
two locations [known as a committed information rate (CIR)] to be guaranteed by the service
provider. If CIR is exceeded for short periods (known as bursts), the network accommodates
the extra data, if spare capacity is available. Frame relay is therefore known as bandwidth on
demand.
FRU
Field replaceable unit. A component that can be replaced onsite.
FS
Fibre Channel service. A service that is defined by Fibre Channel standards and exists at a
well-known address. For example, the Simple Name Server is a Fibre Channel service. See
also FSP.
FSP
Fibre Channel Service Protocol. The common protocol for all fabric services, transparent to the
fabric type or topology. See also FS.
FSPF
Fabric shortest path first. The routing protocol for Fibre Channel switches.
FSS
Fabric OS state synchronization. The FSS service is related to high availability (HA). The
primary function of FSS is to deliver state update messages from active components to their
peer standby components. FSS determines if fabric elements are synchronized (and thus FSS
compliant).
FTP
File Transfer Protocol.
FTS
Fiber Transport Services.
full duplex
A mode of communication that allows the same port to simultaneously transmit and receive
frames. See also half duplex.
full fabric
The software license that allows multiple E_Ports on a switch, making it possible to create
multiple ISL links.
full fabric citizenship A loop device that has an entry in the Simple Name Server.
Fx_Port
A fabric port that can operate as either an F_Port or FL_Port. See also F_Port, FL_Port.
G_Port
Generic port. A port that can operate as either an E_Port or an F_Port. A port is defined as a
G_Port when it is not yet connected or has not yet assumed a specific function in the fabric.
gateway
Hardware that connects incompatible networks by providing translation for both hardware
and software. For example, an ATM gateway can be used to connect a Fibre Channel link to
an ATM connection.
GBIC
Gigabit interface converter. A removable serial transceiver module that allows gigabaud
physical-level transport for Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet.
Gb/s
Gigabits per second (1,062,500,000 bits/second).
GB/s
Gigabytes per second (1,062,500,000 bytes/second).
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 289
GLM
Gigabit link module. A semitransparent transceiver that incorporates serializing/deserializing
functions.
GMT
Greenwich Mean Time. An international time zone. Also known as UTC.
GUI
A graphic user interface, such as Advanced Web Tools and Fabric Manager.
HA
High availability. High-availability features are designed to provide maximum reliability and
nondisruptive replacement of key hardware and software modules.
half duplex
A mode of communication that allows a port to either transmit or receive frames at any time
except simultaneously (with the exception of link control frames, which can be transmitted at
any time). See also full duplex.
hard address
The AL_PA that an NL_Port attempts to acquire during loop initialization.
HBA
Host bus adapter. The interface card between a server or workstation bus and the Fibre
Channel network.
HCPLD
High-capacity PLD. Refers to both CPLDs and FPGAs.
header
A Fibre Channel frame has a header and a payload. The header contains control and
addressing information associated with the frame.
HiPPI
High-Performance Parallel Interface. An 800 Mb/s interface normally used in supercomputer
environments.
hop count
The number of ISLs a frame must traverse to get from its source to its destination.
host
A computer system that provides end users with services like computation and storage access.
hot swappable
A hot-swappable component can be replaced under power.
HP StorageWorks
The brand name for the HP family of switches.
HSSDC
High-speed serial data connection. A form factor that allows quick connections for copper
interface.
HSSDC-2
A second-generation HSSDC connector.
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol. The standard TCP/IP transfer protocol used on the World Wide
Web.
hub
A Fibre Channel wiring concentrator that collapses a loop topology into a physical-star
topology. Nodes are automatically added to the loop when active and removed when
inactive.
hunt group
A number of N_Ports registered as a single Alias_ID so that the fabric can route a word to a
port that is not busy.
HW
Hardware.
I2C
Related to internal circuitry on the motherboard.
ICT
Intracircuit test.
ID_ID
Insistent domain ID. A parameter of the configure command in the Fabric OS.
idle
Continuous transmission of an ordered set over a Fibre Channel link when no data is being
transmitted, to keep the link active and maintain bit, byte, and word synchronization.
iFCP
Internet Fibre Channel Protocol. Supports Fibre Channel Layer 4 FCP-over-TCP/IP. It is a
gateway-to-gateway protocol in which TCP/IP switching and routing components enhance or
replace Fibre Channel fabric.
in-band
Transmission of management protocol over the Fibre Channel.
initiator
A server or workstation on a Fibre Channel network that initiates communication with storage
devices. See also target.
intercabinet
A specification for copper cabling that allows up to 33-meter distances between cabinets.
intermix
Allows any unused bandwidth in a Class 1 connection.
intracabinet
A specification for copper cabling that allows up to a 13-meter (42-foot) distance within a
single cabinet.
IOCTL
I/O control.
290
IOD
In-order delivery. A parameter that, when set, guarantees that frames are either delivered in
order or dropped.
IP
Internet Protocol. The addressing part of TCP.
IPI
Intelligent Peripheral Interface.
ISC
Internet Software Consortium.
iSCSI
Internet Small Computer Systems Interface. A protocol that defines the processes for
transferring block storage applications over TCP/IP networks by encapsulating SCSI
commands into TCP and transporting them over the network by way of IP.
ISL
Interswitch link. A Fibre Channel link from the E_Port of one switch to the E_Port of another. See
also cascade, E_Port.
ISL oversubscription The ratio of the number of free ports (non-ISL) to the number of ISLs on a switch.
ratio
isolated E_Port
An E_Port that is online but not operational due to overlapping domain IDs or nonidentical
parameters (such as E_D_TOVs). See also E_Port.
ISP
Internet service provider.
IU
Information unit. A set of information as defined by either an upper-level process protocol
definition or upper-level protocol mapping.
JBOD
Just a bunch of disks. Indicates a number of disks connected in a single chassis to one or more
controllers. See also RAID.
jitter
A deviation in timing for a bit stream as it flows through a physical medium.
K28.5
A special 10-bit character used to indicate the beginning of a transmission word that performs
Fibre Channel control and signaling functions. The first 7 bits of the character are the comma
pattern. See also comma.
key
A string of data (usually a numeric value) shared between two entities and used to control a
cryptographic algorithm. Usually selected from a large pool of possible keys to make
unauthorized identification of the key difficult. See also key pair.
key pair
In public key cryptography, a pair of keys consisting of an entity’s public and private key. The
public key can be publicized, but the private key must be kept secret. See also public key
cryptography.
L_Port
Loop port. A node port (NL_Port) or fabric port (FL_Port) that has arbitrated loop capabilities.
An L_Port can be in either Fabric Mode or Loop Mode.
LAN
Local area network. A network in which transmissions typically take place over fewer than
5 kilometers (3.4 miles).
latency
The time required to transmit a frame. Together, latency and bandwidth define the speed and
capacity of a link or system.
LED
Light-emitting diode. Used to indicate the status of elements on a switch.
LIFA
Loop-initialization fabric-assigned frame. Contains a bitmap of all fabric-assigned AL_PAs and
is the first frame transmitted in the loop initialization process after a temporary loop master has
been selected.
LIHA
Loop-initialization hard-assigned frame. A hard-assigned AL_PA that is indicated by a bit set
and is the third frame transmitted in the loop initialization process after a temporary loop
master has been selected.
LILP
Loop-initialization loop-position frame. The final frame transmitted in a loop initialization
process. A returned LIRP contains an accumulation of all of the AL_PA position maps. This
allows loop members to determine their relative loop position. This is an optional frame and is
not transmitted unless the LIRP is also transmitted.
link control facility
A termination that handles physical and logical control of the Fibre Channel link for each
mode.
Link Services
A protocol for link-related actions.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 291
LIP
Loop initialization primitive. The signal used to begin initialization in a loop. Indicates either
loop failure or node resetting.
LIPA
Loop-initialization previously assigned. The device marks a bit in the bitmap if it did not log in
with the fabric in a previous loop initialization.
LIRP
Loop-initialization report position frame. The first frame transmitted in the loop initialization
process after all L_Ports have selected an AL_PA. The LIRP gets transmitted around the loop so
all L_Ports can report their relative physical position. This is an optional frame.
LISA
Loop-initialization soft-assigned frame. The fourth frame transmitted in the loop initialization
process after a temporary loop master has been selected. L_Ports that have not selected an
AL_PA in a LIFA, LIPA, or LIHA frame select their AL_PA here.
LISM
Loop-initialization select master frame. The first frame transmitted in the initialization process
when L_Ports select an AL_PA. LISM is used to select a temporary loop master or the L_Port that
will subsequently start transmission of the LIFA, LIPA, LIHA, LISA, LIRP, or LILP frames.
LM_TOV
Loop master timeout value. The minimum time that the loop master waits for a loop
initialization sequence to return.
login server
The unit that responds to login requests.
loop circuit
A temporary bidirectional communication path established between L_Ports.
loop failure
Loss of signal within a loop for any period of time, or loss of synchronization for longer than
the timeout value.
Loop_ID
A hexadecimal value representing one of the 127 possible AL_PA values in an arbitrated loop.
loop initialization
The logical procedure used by an L_Port to discover its environment. Can be used to assign
AL_PA addresses, detect loop failure, or reset a node.
Loop Mode
One of two possible modes for an L_Port, in which the L_Port is in an arbitrated loop, using
loop protocol. An L_Port in Loop Mode can also be in Participating Mode or Nonparticipating
Mode.
looplet
A set of devices connected in a loop to a port that is a member of another loop.
LPB
Loop port bypass. A primitive sequence transmitted by an L_Port to bypass one or all L_Ports to
which it is directed. It is used only in arbitrated loops.
LPE
Loop port enable. A primitive sequence transmitted by an L_Port to enable one or all L_Ports
that have been bypassed with the LPB. It is used only in arbitrated loops.
LPSM
Loop Port State Machine. Logic that monitors and performs the tasks required for initialization
and access to the loop. It is maintained by an L_Port to track behavior through different phases
of loop operations. Alternatively, the logical entity that performs arbitrated-loop protocols and
defines the behavior of L_Ports when they require access to an arbitrated loop.
LR
Link reset. A primitive sequence used during link initialization between two N_Ports in
point-to-point topology or an N_Port and an F_Port in fabric topology. The expected response
is an LRR.
LRR
Link reset response. A primitive sequence during link initialization between two N_Ports in
point-to-point topology or an N_Port and an F_Port in fabric topology. It is sent in response to
an LR and expects a response of Idle.
LWL
Long wavelength. A type of fiber optic cabling that is based on 1300-mm lasers and supports
link speeds of 1.0625 Gb/s. LWL can also refer to the type of GBIC or SFP. See also SWL.
MALLOC
Memory allocation. Usually relates to buffer credits.
MAN
Metropolitan area network.
MB/s
Megabytes per second.
Mb/s
Megabits per second.
292
meta-SAN
The collection of all devices, switches, edge and backbone fabrics, LSANs, and FC routers that
make up a physically connected but logically partitioned storage network. LSANs span
between edge fabrics using FC routers. In a data network, this would simply be called the
network. However, an additional term is required to specify the difference between a
single-fabric network (SAN), a multifabric network without cross-fabric connectivity
(dual-redundant fabric SAN), and a multifabric network with connectivity (meta-SAN).
metric
A relative value assigned to a route to aid in calculating the shortest path (1000 at 1 Gb/s,
500 at 2 Gb/s).
MIA
Media interface adapter. A device that converts optical connections to copper ones, and vice
versa.
MIB
Management Information Base. An SNMP structure to help with device management,
providing configuration and device information.
MMF
Multimode fiber. See also SWL.
MRK
Mark primitive signal. Used only in arbitrated loop, MRK is transmitted by an L_Port for
synchronization and is vendor specific.
MS
Management Server. The Management Server allows a storage area network (SAN)
management application to retrieve information and administer the fabric and interconnected
elements, such as switches, servers, and storage devices. The MS is located at the Fibre
Channel well-known address FFFFFAh.
MSD
Management Server daemon. Monitors the MS. Includes the Fabric Configuration Service and
the Unzoned Name Server.
MTBF
Mean time between failures. An expression of time, indicating the longevity of a device.
multicast
The transmission of data from a single source to multiple specified N_Ports (as opposed to all
the ports on the network). See also broadcast, unicast.
multimode
A fiber optic cabling specification that allows up to 500 meters between devices.
N_Port
Node port. A port on a node that can connect to a Fibre Channel port or to another N_Port in
a point-to-point connection. See also NL_Port, Nx_Port.
NAS
Network attached storage. A disk array connected to a controller that gives access through a
LAN.
NDMP
Network Data Management Protocol. Used for tape backup without using server resources.
NL_Port
Node loop port. A node port that has arbitrated loop capabilities. Used to connect an
equipment port to the fabric in a loop configuration through an FL_Port. See also Nx_Port.
node
A Fibre Channel device that contains an N_Port or NL_Port.
node count
The number of nodes attached to a fabric.
node name
The unique identifier for a node, communicated during login and port discovery.
Nonparticipating
Mode
A mode in which an L_Port in a loop is inactive and cannot arbitrate or send frames but can
retransmit received transmissions. This mode is entered if there are more than 127 devices in a
loop and an AL_PA cannot be acquired. See also L_Port, Participating Mode.
NOS
Not operational. The NOS primitive sequence is transmitted to indicate that the FC_Port
transmitting the NOS has detected a link failure or is offline, waiting for the offline sequence
(OLS) to be received.
NS
Name Server. The service provided by a fabric switch that stores names, addresses, and
attributes related to Fibre Channel objects. Can cache information for up to 15 minutes. Also
known as Simple Name Server or as a directory service. See also Simple Name Server.
NSCAM
Name Server Cache Manager. Updates the Name Server (NS) databases across switches as
a background task.
Nx_Port
A node port that can operate as either an N_Port or an NL_Port.
OFC
Open fiber control. A method used to enable and disable laser signaling for higher-intensity
laser transceivers.
OLS
Primitive sequence offline.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 293
OLTP
Online transaction processing.
ON
Offline notification. Refers to an ELS field that is displayed in portLogDump command output.
OPN
Open primitive signal. Applies only to an arbitrated loop; sent by an L_Port that has won the
arbitration process to open communication with one or more ports on the loop.
ordered set
A transmission word that uses 8b/10b mapping and begins with the K28.5 character.
Ordered sets occur outside of frames and include the following items:
• Frame delimiters—Mark frame boundaries and describe frame contents.
• Primitive signals—Indicate events.
• Primitive sequences—Indicate or initiate port states.
Ordered sets are used to differentiate Fibre Channel control information from data frames and
to manage frame transport.
originator
The Nx_Port that originated an exchange.
out of band
Transmission of management protocol outside of the Fibre Channel network, usually over
Ethernet.
oversubscription
A situation in which more nodes could potentially contend for a resource than the resource
could simultaneously support (typically an ISL). Oversubscription could be a desirable attribute
in fabric topology, as long as it does not produce unacceptable levels of congestion.
OX_ID
Originator ID. Refers to the exchange ID assigned by the originator port.
packet
A set of information transmitted across a network. See also frame.
PAL
Programmable Array Logic. A relatively small FPD.
parallel
The simultaneous transmission of data bits over multiple lines.
Participating Mode
A mode in which an L_Port in a loop has a valid AL_PA and can arbitrate, send frames, and
retransmit received transmissions. See also L_Port, Nonparticipating Mode.
passive copper
A low-cost copper Fibre Channel connection, allowing distances up to 13 meters between
devices.
path selection
The selection of a transmission path through the fabric. Switches use the FSPF protocol. See
also FSPF.
payload
A Fibre Channel frame has a header and a payload. The payload contains the information
being transported by the frame; it is determined by the higher-level service or FC_4 upper-level
protocol. There are many different payload formats.
PBC
Port bypass circuit. A circuit in hubs or a disk enclosure to open or close a loop to add or
remove nodes.
PCBA
Printed circuit board assembly.
PCM
Pulse-code modulation. A standard method of encoding analog audio signals in digital form.
Performance
Monitoring
A feature that monitors port traffic and includes frame counters, SCSI read monitors, SCSI write
monitors, and other types of monitors.
persistent error log
Error messages of a high enough level (by default, Panic or Critical) are saved to flash memory
on the switch instead of to RAM. These messages are saved over reboots and power cycles,
constituting the persistent error log.
phantom address
An AL_PA value that is assigned to a device that is not physically in the loop. Also known as
phantom AL_PA.
phantom device
A device that is not physically in an arbitrated loop but is logically included through the use of
a phantom address.
PID
Port identifier. See also core PID.
PKI
Public key infrastructure. An infrastructure that is based on public key cryptography and CA
(certificate authority) and that uses digital certificates. See also CA, digital certificate, public
key cryptography.
294
PKI certification
utility
Public key infrastructure certification utility. A utility that makes it possible to collect certificate
requests from switches and to load certificates to switches. See also digital certificate, PKI.
PLA
Programmable logic array. A small FPD.
PLD
Programmable logic device. Interchangeable with FPD.
PLDA
Private loop direct-attached. A technical report specifying a logical loop.
PLOGI
Port login. The port-to-port login process by which initiators establish sessions with targets. See
also FLOGI.
point to point
A Fibre Channel topology that employs direct links between each pair of communicating
entities. See also topology.
port
An SFP or a GBIC receptacle on a switch to which an optic cable for another device is
attached.
port address
In Fibre Channel technology, the port address is defined in hexadecimal. A port address can
be defined by a domain and port number combination or by an area number.
port cage
The metal casing extending out of the optical port on the switch, into which the SFP can be
inserted.
port card
A hardware component that provides a platform for field-replaceable, hot-swappable ports.
port log
A record of all activity on a switch, kept in volatile memory.
port log dump
A view of what happens on a switch, from the switch's point of view. The portLogDump
command is used to read the port log.
port name
A user-defined alphanumeric name for a port.
port swapping
Port swapping is the ability to redirect a failed port to another port.
port_name
The unique identifier assigned to a Fibre Channel port. Communicated during login and port
discovery.
POST
Power-on self test. A series of tests run by a switch after it is turned on.
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol.
primitive sequence
An ordered set that is transmitted repeatedly and continuously. Primitive sequences are
transmitted to indicate specific conditions within or conditions encountered by the receiver
logic of an FC_Port. See OLS, NOS.
primitive signals
An ordered set that indicates actions or events and requires just one occurrence to trigger a
response. IDLE and R_RDY are used in all three topologies: ARB, OPN, and CLS. MRK is used
in arbitrated loop.
principal switch
The first switch to boot in a fabric. Ensures unique domain IDs among roles.
private device
A device that supports arbitrated-loop protocol and can interpret 8-bit addresses but cannot
log in to the fabric.
private key
The secret half of a key pair. See also key, key pair.
private loop
An arbitrated loop that does not include a participating FL_Port.
private loop device
A device that supports a loop and can understand 8-bit addresses but does not log in to the
fabric.
private NL_Port
An NL_Port that communicates only with other private NL_Ports in the same loop and does not
log in to the fabric.
protocol
A defined method and set of standards for communication. Determines the type of error
checking, the data-compression method, how sending devices indicate an end of message,
and how receiving devices indicate receipt of a message.
pstate
Port State Machine.
PSU
Power supply unit.
public device
A device that supports arbitrated-loop protocol, can interpret 8-bit addresses, and can log in
to the fabric.
public key
The public half of a key pair. See also key, key pair.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 295
public key
cryptography
A type of cryptography that uses a key pair, with the two keys in the pair called at different
points in the algorithm. The sender uses the recipient’s public key to encrypt the message, and
the recipient uses the recipient’s private key to decrypt it. See also key pair, PKI.
public loop
An arbitrated loop that includes a participating FL_Port and can contain both public and
private NL_Ports.
public NL_Port
An NL_Port that logs in to the fabric, can function within either a public or a private loop, and
can communicate with either private or public NL_Ports.
QLA
A type of Fibre Channel controller.
QLFA
QuickLoop Fabric Assist. Arbitrated-loop technology.
QoS
Quality of service.
quad
A group of four adjacent ports that share a common pool of frame buffers.
queue
A mechanism for each AL_PA address that allows for collecting frames prior to sending them
to the loop.
QuickLoop
A software product that allows multiple ports on a switch to create a logical loop. Devices
connected through QuickLoop appear to each other as if they are on the same arbitrated
loop.
QuickLoop Mode
Allows initiator devices to communicate with private or public devices that are not in the same
loop.
R_A_TOV
Resource allocation timeout value. The maximum time a frame can be delayed in the fabric
and still be delivered. See also E_D_TOV, RR_TOV.
R_CTL
Route control. The first 8 bits of the header, which defines the type of frame and its contents.
R_RDY
Receiver ready. A primitive signal indicating that the port is ready to receive a frame.
R_T_TOV
Receiver transmitter timeout value, used by receiver logic to detect loss of synchronization
between transmitters and receivers.
radius
The greatest distance between any edge switch and the center of a fabric. A low-radius
network is better than a high-radius network.
RAID
Redundant array of independent disks. A collection of disk drives that appear as a single
volume to the server and are fault tolerant through mirroring or parity checking. See also
JBOD.
RAIT
Redundant array of independent tapes.
RCS
Reliable Commit Service. Refers to ILS command code.
RCS_SFC
RCS Stage Fabric Config. Refers to ILS command code.
receiver
A device that performs detection and signal processing.
redundancy
Having multiple occurrences of a component to maintain high availability (HA).
remote switch
An optional product for long-distance fabrics, requiring a Fibre Channel-to-ATM or SONET
gateway.
repeater
A circuit that uses a recovered clock to regenerate and transmit an outbound signal.
request rate
The rate at which requests arrive at a servicing entity.
resilience
A fabric’s ability to adapt to or tolerate a failure of a component within the fabric.
resilient core/edge
topology
Two or more switches acting as a core to interconnect multiple edge switches. Nodes attach to
the edge switches.
responder
The N_Port with which an exchange originator wants to communicate.
retimer
A circuit that uses an independent clock to generate outbound signals.
return loss
The ratio (expressed in dB) of incident power to reflected power, when a component or
assembly is introduced into a link or system. Return loss can also refer to optical power or to
electrical power in a specified frequency range.
RLS
Read Link Status.
296
route
As it applies to a fabric, the communication path between two switches. Might also apply to
the specific path taken by an individual frame, from source to destination. See also FSPF.
routing
The assignment of frames to specific switch ports, according to frame destination.
RR_TOV
Resource recovery timeout value. The minimum time a target device in a loop waits after an LIP
before logging out an SCSI initiator. See also E_D_TOV, R_A_TOV.
RSCN
Registered state change notification. A switch function that allows notification of fabric
changes to be sent from the switch to specified nodes. The fabric controller issues RSCN
requests to N_Ports and NL_Ports, but only if they have registered to be notified of state
changes in other N_Ports and NL_Ports. This registration is performed through the State
Change Registration (SCR) Extended Link Service. An N_Port or NL_Port can issue an RSCN to
the fabric controller without having completed SCR with the fabric controller.
RTWR
Reliable transport with response. Might appear as a task in portLogDump command output.
running disparity
A binary parameter indicating the cumulative disparity (positive or negative) of all previously
issued transmission characters.
RW
Read/write. Refers to access rights.
RX
Receiving frames.
RX_ID
Responder exchange identifier. A 2-byte field in the frame header that can be used by the
responder of the exchange to identify frames as being part of a particular exchange.
S_ID
Source ID. Refers to the native port address (24-bit address).
SAN
Storage area network. A network of systems and storage devices that communicate using Fibre
Channel protocols. See also fabric.
SAN architecture
The overall design of a storage network solution, which includes one or more related fabrics,
each of which has a topology.
SAN port count
The number of ports available for connection by nodes in the entire SAN.
scalability
One of the properties of a SAN: the size to which a SAN topology can grow port and switch
counts with ease.
SCN
State change notification. Used for internal state change notifications, not external changes.
This is the switch logging that the port is online or is an Fx_Port, not what is sent from the
switch to the Nx_Ports.
SCR
State change registration. Extended Link Service (ELS) requests the fabric controller to add the
N_Port or NL_Port to the list of N_Ports and NL_Ports registered to receive the Registered State
Change Notification (RSCN) Extended Link Service.
SCSI
Small Computer Systems Interface. A parallel bus architecture and a protocol for transmitting
large data blocks to a distance of 15 to 25 meters.
SCSI-2
An updated version of the SCSI bus architecture.
SCSI-3
An SCSI standard that defines transmission of SCSI protocol data over different kinds of links.
SDRAM
The main memory for a switch.
sectelnet
A protocol similar to Telnet but with encrypted passwords for increased security.
security policy
Rules that determine how security is implemented in a fabric. Security policies can be
customized through Secure Fabric OS or Fabric Manager.
SEQ_ID
Sequence identifier. A 1-byte field in the frame header change to identify the frames as being
part of a particular exchange sequence between a pair of ports.
sequence
A group of related frames transmitted in the same direction between two N_Ports.
sequence initiator
The N_Port that begins a new sequence and transmits frames to another N_Port.
sequence recipient
Serializing/deserializing circuitry. A circuit that converts a serial bit stream into parallel
characters, and vice versa.
serial
The transmission of data bits in sequential order over a single line.
server
A computer that processes end-user applications or requests.
service rate
The rate at which an entity can service requests. See also request rate.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 297
SES
SCSI Enclosure Services. A subset of the SCSI protocol used to monitor temperature, power,
and fan status for enclosed devices.
SFF
Small-form-factor. An industry term for a smaller transceiver. See also SFP.
SFP
Small-form-factor pluggable. A transceiver used on 2 GB/s switches that replaces the GBIC.
SFP cable
A cable specifically designed for use with an SFP. Not compatible with GBICs.
SI
Sequence initiative.
Simple Name Server See SNS.
Single Mode
The fiber-optic cabling standard for devices up to 10 km apart.
S-Link Service
Facilities used between an N_Port and the fabric, or between two N_Ports, for login,
sequence/exchange management, and maintaining connections.
SMDS
Switched Multimegabit Data Service. A good protocol for interconnecting LANs; however,
SMDS has less error-checking capability than Frame Relay.
SMF
Single-mode fiber. See also LWL.
SMI
Structure of management information. A notation for setting or retrieving SNMP management
variables.
SNA/SDLC
Systems Network Architecture/Synchronous Data Link Control. A structure for transferring data
among a variety of computing platforms.
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol. An Internet management protocol that uses either IP
for network-level functions and UDP for transport-level functions, or TCP/IP for both. Can be
made available over other protocols, such as UDP/IP, because it does not rely on the
underlying communication protocols. See also community (SNMP).
SNS
A switch service that stores names, addresses, and attributes for up to 15 minutes and provides
them as required to other devices in the fabric. SNS is defined by Fibre Channel standards
and exists at a well-known address. Also referred to as directory service or name server.
SOF
Start of frame. A group of ordered sets that marks the beginning of a frame and indicates the
class of service the frame will use.
soft zone
A zone consisting of zone members that are made visible to each other through client service
requests. Typically, soft zones contain zone members that are visible to devices using Name
Server exposure of zone members. The fabric does not enforce a soft zone. Note that
well-known addresses are implicitly included in every zone.
SoIP
SCSI-over-IP.
SONET
Synchronous optical network. A standard for optical networks that provides building blocks
and flexible payload mappings.
special character
A 10-bit character that does not have a corresponding 8-bit value but is still considered valid.
The special character is used to indicate that a particular transmission word is an ordered set.
This is the only type of character to have five ones or zeroes in a row.
SPLD
Simple PLD. Usually, either a PLA or PAL.
SPOF
Single point of failure. Any component in a SAN whose malfunction could bring down the
entire SAN.
SQ_ID
Sequence ID. Used to identify and track all of the frames within a sequence between a source
(S_ID) and destination (D_ID) port pair.
SRM
Storage resource management. The management of disk volumes and file resources.
SSH
Secure shell. Used to support encrypted Telnet sessions to the switch. SSH encrypts all
messages, including the client sending the password at login.
Standard Translative Allows public devices to communicate with private devices that are directly connected to the
Mode
fabric.
stealth mode
A method used in some switches to simulate switches using QuickLoop.
store-and-forward
A switching technique that requires buffering an entire frame before making a routing
decision.
298
striping
A RAID technique for writing a file to multiple disks on a block-by-block basis, with or without
parity.
switch
A fabric device providing bandwidth and high-speed routing of data through link-level
addressing.
switch name
The arbitrary name assigned to a switch.
switch port
A port on a switch. Switch ports can be E_Ports, F_Ports, or FL_Ports.
switch-to-switch
authentication
The process of authenticating both switches in a switch-to-switch connection using digital
certificates. See also authentication, digital certificate.
SWL
Short wavelength. A type of fiber optic cabling that is based on 850-mm lasers and supports
1.0625 GB/s-link speeds. SWL can also refer to the type of GBIC or SFP. See also LWL.
syslog
Syslog daemon. Used to forward error messages.
T10
A standards committee chartered with creating standards for SCSI.
T11
A standards committee chartered with creating standards for Fibre Channel.
tachyon
A chip that supports FC-0 through FC-2 on a single chip.
target
A storage device on a Fibre Channel network. See also initiator.
TC
Track changes.
TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.
Telnet
A virtual terminal emulation used with TCP/IP. Telnet is sometimes used as a synonym for the
Fabric OS CLI.
tenancy
The time from when a port wins arbitration in a loop until the same port returns to the
monitoring state. Also referred to as loop tenancy.
throughput
The rate of data flow achieved within a cable, link, or system. Usually measured in bps (bits
per second). See also bandwidth.
tiering
The process of grouping particular SAN devices by function and then attaching these devices
to particular switches or groups of switches based on that function.
Time Server
A Fibre Channel service that allows for the management of all timers.
topology
As it applies to Fibre Channel technology, the configuration of the Fibre Channel network and
the resulting communication paths allowed. There are three possible topologies:
• Point to point—A direct link between two communication ports.
• Switched fabric—Multiple N_Ports linked to a switch by F_Ports.
• Arbitrated loop—Multiple NL_Ports connected in a loop.
TPC
Third-party copy. A protocol for performing tape backups without using server resources.
track changes
A Fabric OS feature that can be enabled to report specific activities (for example, logins,
logouts, and configuration task changes). The output from the track-changes feature is dumped
to the error log for the switch.
transceiver
A device that converts one form of signaling to another for transmission and reception; in fiber
optics, optical to electrical.
Translative Mode
A mode in which private devices can communicate with public devices across the fabric.
transmission
character
A 10-bit character encoded according to the rules of the 8b/10b algorithm.
transmission word
A group of four transmission characters.
trap (SNMP)
The message sent by an SNMP agent to inform the SNMP management station of a critical
error. See also SNMP.
trunking
In Fibre Channel technology, a feature that enables distribution of traffic over the combined
bandwidth of up to four ISLs between adjacent switches, while preserving in-order delivery.
trunking group
A set of up to four trunked ISLs.
trunking ports
The ports in a set of trunked ISLs.
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 299
TS
Time Server.
TTL
Time-to-live. The number of seconds an entry exists in cache before it expires.
tunneling
A technique for enabling two networks to communicate when the source and destination hosts
are both on the same type of network but are connected by a different type of network.
TX
Transmit.
U_Port
Universal port. A switch port that can operate as a G_Port, E_Port, F_Port, or FL_Port. A port is
defined as a U_Port when it is not connected or has not yet assumed a specific function in the
fabric.
UDP
User Datagram Protocol. A protocol that runs on top of IP and provides port multiplexing for
upper-level protocols.
ULP
Upper-level protocol. The protocol that runs on top of Fibre Channel. Typical upper-level
protocols are SCSI, IP, HIPPI, and IPI.
ULP_TOV
Upper-level timeout value. The minimum time that an SCSI ULP process waits for SCSI status
before initiating ULP recovery.
unicast
The transmission of data from a single source to a single destination. See also broadcast,
multicast.
UTC
Universal Time Conversion. Also known as Coordinated Universal Time, which is an
international standard of time. UTC is 8 hours behind Pacific Standard Time and 5 hours
behind Eastern Standard Time. See also GMT.
WAN
Wide area network.
watchdog
A software daemon that monitors Fabric OS modules on the kernel.
WDM
Wavelength division multiplexer. Allows multiple wavelengths to be combined or filtered on a
single cable.
well-known address As it pertains to Fibre Channel technology, a logical address defined by Fibre Channel
standards as assigned to a specific function and stored on the switch.
WTV
Write timeout value. Refers to an ELS field that appears in portLogDump command output.
WWN
World wide name. An identifier that is unique worldwide. Each entity in a fabric has a
separate WWN.
X.25
A protocol that uses logical channels. X.25 allows high-quality communications between
computers and can accommodate noisy data communications through error-detection and
error-correction (retransmission) algorithms.
zone
A set of devices and hosts attached to the same fabric and configured as being in the same
zone. Devices and hosts within the same zone have access to others in the zone but are not
visible to any outside the zone.
zone configuration
A specified set of zones. Enabling a configuration enables all zones in that configuration. See
also defined zone configuration, enabled zone configuration.
zoning
A feature in fabric switches or hubs that allows segmentation of a node by physical port,
name, or address.
300
Index
A
agtCfgSet 12
agtCfgShow 14
aliAdd 15
alias
aliAdd 15
aliCreate 16
aliDelete 18
aliRemove 19
aliShow 20
aliCreate 16
aliDelete 18
aliRemove 19
aliShow 20
ASIC 27, 58
audience 7
authorized reseller, HP 9
configure 47
configureZoning 49
configZoningShow 50
conventions
document 8
text symbols 8
crossPortTest 51
D
banner
bannerSet 22
bannerShow 23
bannerSet 22
bannerShow 23
beacon 24
burn-in
burninErrShow 25
burninStatus 26
diagSetBurnin 63
diagStopBurnin 65
burninErrShow 25
burninStatus 26
date 53
diagDisablePost 55
diagEnablePost 56
diagHelp 57
diagnostic script parameters 64
diagPortMailbox 58
diagPortMem 59
diagPortMemArm 61
diagPost 62
diagSetBurnin 63
diagSetCycle 64
diagStopBurnin 65
diagUpload 66
dlsReset 67
dlsSet 68
dlsShow 70
document
conventions 8
related documentation 7
dynamic load sharing
dlsReset 67
dlsSet 68
dlsShow 70
C
E
B
celloPortTest 27
cfgAdd 30
cfgClear 31
cfgCreate 32
cfgDelete 33
cfgDisable 34
cfgEnable 35
cfgRemove 36
chassisShow 41
clear 42
CLI scripts 232
configDefault 43
configDownload 44
configShow 45
configUpload 46
configuration parameters
default values 279–280
E_Port 123, 152, 254
portCfgEPort 165
errClear 71
errShow 72
Ethernet management interface
ipaddrSet 129
ipaddrShow 131
event log
eventClear 75
eventLogSize 76
eventShow 79
eventActionSet 73
eventActionShow 74
eventClear 75
eventLogSize 76
eventSeverity 77
eventSeverityShow 78
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 301
eventShow 79
eventShowByNum 80
EX_Port 99, 104, 108, 110, 146
portCfgEXPort 166
exit 81
F
F_Port 258
fabLogClear 82
fabLogShow 83
Fabric Assist
fazoneCreate 87, 89
fazoneDelete 91
fazoneRemove 92
fazoneShow 93
fabric controller
fabLogClear 82
fabLogShow 83
fabricShow 84
fan
fanShow 85
setFanSpeed 223
fanShow 85
fastBoot 86
fazoneAdd 87
fazoneCreate 89
fazoneDelete 91
fazoneRemove 92
fazoneShow 93
FCIP
fcipShow 94
portCfgFcip 169
fcipShow 94
fcrConfigure 96
fcrFabricShow 97
fcrPhyDevShow 99
fcrProxyDevShow 104
fcrResourceShow 106
fcrRouteShow 108
fcrXlateConfig 110
Fibre Channel Shortest Path First, see FSPF
FSPF 188, 192, 258, 261
fspfShow 116
interfaceShow 123
linkCost 144
lsdbShow 148
nbrStateShow 150
nbrStatsClear 152
fspfShow 116
H
h 117
help 118
help, obtaining 9
history of executed commands 117
HP
authorized reseller 9
storage web site 9
Subscriber’s choice web site 9
302 Index
technical support 9
I
ICMP ECHO_REQUEST 159
ifcsEnable 120
ifcsShow 121
ifModeShow 122
in-order delivery
iodReset 126
iodSet 127
iodShow 128
interfaceShow 123
internal port CPU 61
internal service modules 58
iodReset 126
iodSet 127
iodShow 128
IP ping packet 218
ipaddrSet 129
ipaddrShow 131
L
license
licenseAdd 140
licenseRemove 141
licenseShow 142
licenseAdd 140
licenseRemove 141
licenseShow 142
Link State Database 148
linkCost 144
LSAN 146
lsanZoneShow 146
lsdbShow 148
M
management Ethernet interface
ifModeShow 122
management interface configuration parameters 280
management interface parameters 280
memory subsystem test 61
MIB-II 12, 14
MP Router
Backbone Fabric ID 96
E_Port 108
EX_Port 99, 104, 110, 146
F_Port 108
fcrConfigure 96
fcrFabricShow 97
fcrPhyDevShow 99
fcrProxyDevShow 104
fcrRouteShow 108
lsanZoneShow 146
NR_Port 108
portCfgEXPort 166
translate domain 110
Multi-protocol Router, see MP Router
N
N_Port 155
Name Server
nsAllShow 153
nsShow 155
NL_Port 155
NR_Port 108
nsAllShow 153
nsShow 155
P
parameters
management interface 280
port 280
system configuration 279
passwd 157
pdShow 158
PID 65, 99, 104
ping 159
port diagnostic error
portDiagClear 179
port log
portLogClear 186
portLogDisable 187
portLogDump 188
portLogEnable 191
portLogShow 192
port parameters 280
port speed 175
port topology
portCfgTopology 177
portCfgEPort 165
portCfgEXPort 166
portCfgFcip 169
portCfgGige 171
portCfgLongDistance 173
portCfgSpeed 175
portCfgTopology 177
portDiagClear 179
portDiagDisable 180
portDiagEnable 181
portDisable 182
portEnable 183
portLogClear 186
portLogDisable 187
portLogDump 188
portLogEnable 191
portLogShow 192
portName 197
portPerfShow 198
portRouteInfo 200
portShow 201
portStart 205
portStatsShow 206
portStop 207
portType 208
POST, see power-on self-test
power supply
psShow 215
power-on self-test
diagDisablePost 55
diagEnablePost 56
diagPost 62
fastBoot 86
ps 209
psShow 215
Q
quit 216
R
rack stability, warning 8
reboot 217
recovery kernel version
showRecovery 229
related documentation 7
rnPing 218
route configuration
routeShow 219
routeShow 219
S
scripts 232
security banner, see banner
setFanSpeed 223
setPagerOff 224
setPagerOn 225
SFP
sfpShow 226
sfpSupport 228
sfpShow 226
sfpSupport 228
showRecovery 229
SNMP
agtCfgSet 12
agtCfgShow 14
spinSilk 230
static route
urouteConfig 258
urouteRemove 260
urouteShow 261
Subscriber’s choice, HP 9
supportShow 232
svipAddrSet 233
svipAddrShow 234
switchDisable 235
switchEnable 236
switchName 237
switchShow 238
switchStatusShow 241
symbols in text 8
syslog
syslogdipAdd 242
syslogdipRemove 243
syslogdipShow 244
syslogdipAdd 242
XPath OS 7.4.x command reference guide 303
syslogdipRemove 243
syslogdipShow 244
system configuration parameters 279
system parameters 279
T
technical support, HP 9
temperature sensor
tempShow 245
tempShow 245
text symbols 8
time zone
timeZoneSet 247
timeout 246
timeZoneSet 247
top 248
topologyShow 251
trunking
trunkReset 253
trunkSet 254
trunkShow 255
trunkReset 253
trunkSet 254
trunkShow 255
tsclockserver 256
U
unicast fabric topology
topologyShow 251
upTime 257
urouteConfig 258
urouteRemove 260
urouteShow 261
userAdd 263
userDel 264
users 265
userShow 266
V
version 267
virtual management IP
svipAddrSet 233
svipAddrShow 234
W
warning
rack stability 8
wdogevt 268
web sites
HP storage 9
HP Subscriber’s choice 9
Z
zone configuration
cfgAdd 30
cfgClear 31
cfgCreate 32
cfgDelete 33
304 Index
cfgDisable 34
cfgEnable 35
cfgRemove 36
cfgSave 37
cfgShow 38
configureZoning 49
configZoningShow 50
zoneAdd 269
zoneCreate 270
zoneDelete 272
zoneRemove 273
zoneShow 274
zoning
aliShow 20
zoneAdd 269
zoneCreate 270
zoneDelete 272
zoneRemove 273
zoneShow 274
Download PDF
Similar pages
grooves itv
Working with process data
XPath
ADOBE CONNECT ENTERPRISE ®
In no va tiv eo ptic al te c hn o lo gy 24 Port Fib re Ma nage
DISASMB -- A TABLE DRIVEN DISASSEMBLER WRITTEN IN MICROSOFT BASIC
SHELL.DOC
XPath